My Bible Studies and Comments

Home page   Bible Study Index   Bible Index   Old Testament Outlines   New Testament Outlines   Links   About   CDs & DVDs

Old Testament Bible Chapter Outlines
*
= Reference to Jesus

Genesis   Exodus   Numbers   Deuteronomy   Joshua   Judges   Ruth   1 Samuel   2 Samuel   1 Kings   2 Kings   1 Chronicles   2 Chronicles   Ezra   Nehemiah   Esther   Job   Psalms   Proverbs   Ecclesiastes   Song of Solomon   Isaiah   Jeremiah   Lamentations   Ezekiel   Daniel   Hosea   Joel   Amos   Obadiah   Jonah   Micah   Nahum   Habakkuk   Zephaniah   Haggai   Zechariah   Malachi

Genesis

Genesis has 50 chapters, 1,533 verses, and contains 38,267 words. The word Genesis means "beginning".

Genesis 1.
1. The creation of this earth and heavenly age.
2. God creates fowl from the waters.
3. The creation of animals.
4. The creation of mankind, both male and female.
Genesis 2.
1. God rested on the seventh day.
2. The eighth day creation, (the forming of the man Adam). Puts him in the Garden of Eden.
3. Commandment about the tree of knowledge of good and evil. There is another tree. The Tree of Life.
4. Formed some beast from the ground. (The second creation of animals).
5. Formed some fowl from the ground. (The second creation of fowl).
6. Creates Eve for Adam, from one of his ribs, (curve)?
Genesis 3.
1. Eve, and Adam, are taken in by the serpent's lies. (The serpent is one of Satan's names, see Revelation 12:9). They partake of the tree of knowledge of good and evil.
2. God's punishment to the three, for their disobedience.
3.
* The first prophecy in the Bible, (about the crucifixion of Jesus Christ, along with the destruction of Satan).
4. Adam and Eve are put out of the Garden of Eden.
Genesis 4.
1. The birth of Cain and Abel.
2. The murder of Abel by Cain.
3. The curse of Cain by God.
4. Cain dwells in the land of Nod. Nod? Wonder who he was? He's only mentioned in the Bible one time. Hmm.
5. The descendants of Cain.
Genesis 5.
1. The birth of Seth.
2. Adam's descendants. Note Cain is not listed?
Genesis 6.
1. The sons of God, (fallen angels), came in unto the daughters of men, and children were born unto them.
2. God sets man's average life span to one hundred twenty years.
3. God tells Noah to build an ark.
4. Noah builds the ark.
Genesis 7.
1. Noah enters the ark.
2. The flood comes upon the earth.
Genesis 8.
1. The flood waters start to recede.
2. Noah sends out a raven and a dove.
3. The ark rest upon mount Ararat.
4. Noah exits the ark.
5. Tells the length of time, of the flood.
Genesis 9.
1. God blesses Noah, gives him a few commandments, and tells him to be fruitful and multiply.
2. God's covenant with Noah. The rainbow.
3. Noah gets drunk.
4. An incestuoes affair between Noah's wife and his son, Ham.
5. Noah curses Canaan, the son produced from that incesteous affair.
Genesis 10.
1. The linage of Noah's sons.
Genesis 11.
1. The tower of Babel.
2. The confusion of language.
3. The descendants of Shem, through which comes Abram, (Abraham).
Genesis 12.
1. God calls Abram, (Abraham).
2. Tells him that He well make him a great nation and will make his name great.
3. While in Egypt during a famine, Abram, (Abraham), has his wife Sarai, (Sarah), to tell the pharaoh that she is his sister.
Genesis 13.
1. Abram, (Abraham), returns from Egypt.
2. Lot and Abram, (Abraham), separate. Lot goes to live in the city of Sodom. Abram, (Abraham), dwelt in Canaan.
3. God shows Abram, (Abraham), the land that is to be his, and his offspring, forever.
Genesis 14.
1. Lot, (Abraham's nephew), is captured in the battle of the kings.
2. Abram, (Abraham), rescues Lot.
3.
* Abram, (Abraham), meets Melchizedek, the priest of The Most High God, and gives tithes to Him.
4. Abram, (Abraham) takes nothing from the king of Sodom, so no one can say he made Abram, (Abraham), rich.
Genesis 15.
1. God reassures Abram, (Abraham), that he shall have children and they shall be in number as the stars of the heaven.
2. God tells him that his seed will be in bondage in Egypt for four hundred years and come out with great substance. And that he will live to an old age.
Genesis 16.
1. Sarai, (Sarah), tells Abram, (Abraham), to have children through her maid Hagar.
2. Sarai, (Sarah), gets jealous of Hagar.
3. Hagar leaves.
4. An angel of the Lord tells Hagar to return and submit, that she is with child and his name is to be Ishmael.
5. God changes Abram's name to Abraham, and Sarai's name to Sarah.
Genesis 17.
1. The covenant of circumcision.
2. God tells Abraham that Sarah will conceive and for him to call his name, Isaac.
3. Through Isaac, will God establish His everlasting covenant.
4. Ishmael is to become a great nation also.
Genesis 18.
1. Three angels visit Abraham.
2. Sarah is promised a son.
3. Sarah laughed within herself.
4. The angels go towards Sodom, to destroy it.
5. Abraham asked them about the righteous of Sodom.
Genesis 19.
1. Two angels visit Lot in Sodom.
2. The wicked men of Sodom call on Lot to give to them, the angels.
3. The angels blind the wicked men.
4. Lot is told to take his family and leave before they destroy the city.
5. Sodom and Gomorrah are destroyed.
6. Lot's wife looks back and becomes a pillar of salt.
7. The birth of Moab and Ben-am-mi, through the incesteous affair of Lot and his daughters.
Genesis 20.
1. Abraham meets Abimelech, king of the Gerar.
2. Again Abraham tells Sarah to tell that she is his sister.
3. God speaks to Abimelech in a dream, and tells him that Sarah is Abraham's wife, and to restore to Abraham his wife for he is a prophet.
4. Abraham tells Abimelech the truth about Sarah. That she is not only his wife but that she is his half sister also.
5. God had made all the women of the kingdom of Abimelech barren.
Genesis 21.
1. Isaac is born.
2. Abraham, at the request of Sarah, sends Hagar and Ishmael away.
3. God reassures Abraham that through Isaac shall the seed be called, but that Ishmael would become a great nation also, because he was of Abraham's seed.
4. Abraham and Abimelech make an agreement at Beer-sheba.
Genesis 22.
1. God commands Abraham to offer up Isaac as a sacrifice.
2. God reaffirms His covenant with Abraham.
3. News comes to Abraham about his brother Nahor and all the children born unto him.
Genesis 23.
1. The death and burial of Sarah.
2. Abraham purchases the cave of Mach-pel-lah from E-phron for a place to bury his dead. The place is in Hebron. In the land of Canaan.
Genesis 24.
1. Abraham sends his eldest servant to his kindred, to get a wife for Isaac.
2. The servant ask God for divine intervention about this.
3. The woman chosen is Rebekah, the daughter of Be-thu-el, the son of Nahor, Abraham's brother.
4. Be-thu-el and Laban, (Rebekah's brother), give their approval of the marriage.
5. Rebekah and Isaac are married when they meet.
Genesis 25.
1. Abraham takes another wife, (Keturah). She bares him six sons.
2. Abraham dies at one hundred seventy five years of age and was buried beside Sarah, his first wife.
3. The descendants of Ishmael.
4. Esau and Jacob are born unto Rebekah and Isaac.
5. Esau sells his birthright to Jacob.
Genesis 26.
1. God tells Isaac not to dwell in Egypt.
2. Confirms to Isaac the covenant He made with his father Abraham.
3. Isaac tells Abimelech that Rebekah is his sister. Like father like son.
4. Isaac and the Philistines have a dispute over ownership of some wells, which he and his servants dug.
5. Isaac and Abimelech make an agreement.
6. Esau takes wives of foreigners.
Genesis 27 and 28.
1. Jacob receives the blessing from Isaac.
2. Esau is very angry and vows to kill Jacob.
3. Rebekah asked Jacob to go stay with her brother Laban, till Esau calms down. Isaac agrees and tells Jacob the same.
4. Jacob's pillow of stone, and dream, (Jacob's ladder).
5. God reaffirms His covenant with him.
6. Jacob set up the stone for a pillar and vows to return to God, a tenth of all God gives him.
Genesis 29.
1. Jacob meets Rachel and works seven years for her hand in marriage.
2. Jacob is tricked by Laban and is married to Rachel's sister Leah. After a very heated discussion, Laban also gives him Rachel to wife, for another seven years of work.
Genesis 30.
1. Rachel is barren and gives Bilhah, (her maid), to Jacob to bare children for her.
2. Leah gives her maid, (Zilpah), to Jacob for a wife also.
3. Jacob's children listed so far.
4. God opens Rachel's womb, and Joseph is born.
5. Laban and Jacob agree on Jacob's wages for his duration of time spent and Jacob makes certain his wealth is increased in the deal.
Genesis 31.
1. Laban hears that Jacob has tricked him, and gets mad.
2. Jacob takes his family and all his possessions and leaves Laban, to return to his own homeland.
3. Laban follows and catches up with them. Tempers fly. Finally Laban and Jacob reach an agreement.
Genesis 32.
1. Afraid, Jacob sends messengers before him to meet Esau.
2. He wrestles with God.
3. God changes Jacob's name to Israel.
Genesis 33.
1. Jacob and Esau have a happy meeting.
Genesis 34.
1. Dinah, (the daughter of Leah), is raped.
2. Her brothers, (Simeon and Levi), slew all the males of the city, and take the spoils.
Genesis 35.
1. God has Israel, (Jacob), to go dwell at Bethel.
2. God blesses him there.
3. Rachel bares another son, (Benjamin), and dies giving him birth.
4. Now Jacob, (Israel), has a total of twelve sons, and one daughter.
5. Jacob returns to his father Isaac.
6. Isaac dies, and is buried by Jacob and Esau.
Genesis 36.
1. The offspring of Esau.
Genesis 37.
1. Jacob shows partiality towards Joseph and Benjamin. The coat of many colors, etc.
2. Joseph, at seventeen, has several dreams and tells his family. This leads to him being sold by his brothers and taken into Egypt.
Genesis 38.
1. The story of Judah and Tamar, (his daughter-in-law).
Genesis 39.
1. Joseph is sold to Pot-i-far, an officer of Pharaoh.
2. Joseph rejects the advances of Potifars's wife's and she has him thrown into prison.
Genesis 40.
1. While in prison, Joseph interprets dreams for the Pharaoh's baker and butler, which had been put into prison also.
Genesis 41.
1. Pharaoh has two dreams. None of his people could interpret them. His butler remembers Joseph.
2. Joseph is summoned by Pharaoh, interprets his dreams, which is about a coming seven year famine.
3. Pharaoh promotes Joseph to rule over Egypt. Only Pharaoh will be greater then him.
4. The famine begins.
Genesis 42.
1. Joseph's brothers come to Egypt for food.
2. He recognizes them and treats them as spies.
3. They don't recognize Joseph.
4. He tests his brothers to see if they will betray Benjamin.
5. Demands that they bring Benjamin.
Genesis 43.
1. Joseph's brothers return with Benjamin.
2. They have a big feast.
3. They still don't recognize Joseph.
4. Joseph treats Benjamin special.
Genesis 44.
1. Joseph test his brothers one last time. Devises a plan to make it appear as though Benjamin has stolen from Joseph.
2. Judah begs for Benjamin's life. Wants to take Benjamin's place.
Genesis 45.
1. Joseph tells his brothers who he is. All are happy.
2. Pharaoh is told of it and tells Joseph to send for his father and his family to come dwell in Egypt.
3. Joseph sends his brothers with wagons and provisions to get his father Jacob, and all his family.
Genesis 46.
1. God speaks to Israel, (Jacob), in a vision, telling him not to be afraid to go down into Egypt. That He would make him a great nation.
2. The names of all of Jacob's family who came into Egypt.
3. Joseph and his father, (Jacob), meet.
Genesis 47.
1. Jacob meets and blesses Pharaoh.
2. They are given the best of the land of Egypt.
3. Joseph continues his work for Pharaoh.
Genesis 48.
1. Jacob, (Israel), blesses Joseph's sons, (Ephraim and Manasseh).
Genesis 49.
1. Jacob, (Israel), tells his sons, (the twelve tribes of Israel), what will befall them, (their offspring), in the last days.
2. Jacob dies immediately thereafter.
Genesis 50.
1. The burial of Jacob, (Israel).
2. Joseph reassures his brothers that no harm will come to them.
3. Joseph asked, that when God brings the children of Israel out of Egypt, that they carry his bones with them.
4. Joseph dies.

Exodus

Exodus has 40 chapters, 1,213 verses, and contains 32,692 words. Exodus means "departure", "names". Some scholars date this event as late as 1200 bc. Some say as early as 1400 bc.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

There are several repeats of the same thing in this book. Don't skip over it just because of this. It's been done, I believe for emphasis.

Exodus 1.
1. The leadership of Egypt changes.
2. They begin to fear the Israelites.
3. The Egyptians start to afflict the Israelites.
4. Pharaoh orders all Hebrew male babies to be killed.
Exodus 2.
1. The birth of Moses, hid three months, laid in a basket and put into the water. The Pharaoh's daughter found him. Moses' sister watches and has Pharaoh's daughter to get his own mother to nurse him.
2. Moses kills an Egyptian and flees Egypt.
3. Moses meets his soon to be wife.
Exodus 3.
1. The burning bush.
2. God talks to Moses.
3. Tells Moses to return to Egypt and bring forth the children of Israel.
4. Talks of how He's going to bring plagues on Egypt and harden the Pharaoh's heart.
Exodus 4.
1. Aaron is to return to Egypt with Moses.
2. God gets mad at Moses over his boys not being circumcised.
3. Aaron and Moses return to Egypt and Aaron tells the children all that God has said and demonstrated some of the things God told them to do.
Exodus 5.
1. Moses and Aaron's first talk with Pharaoh.
2. Pharaoh gives orders for the Israelites to gather the straw which is used in making the bricks. (Increasing their work load).
Exodus 6 thru 12.
Describes the ten plagues which God sends on Egypt. (1) Waters turned to blood. (2) Frogs. (3) Lice. (4) Flies. (5) All the cattle of Egypt die. (6) Boils. (7) Hail mingled with fire. (8) Locust. (9) Darkness for three days. (10) The death of all the firstborn of Egypt.
Exodus 12.
1. The Passover.
Exodus 13.
1. God commands the Passover to be kept each year.
2. A cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night.
Exodus 14.
1. God parts the Red Sea and the Israelites walk across on dry land.
Exodus 15.
1. Israel rejoices over the victory at the Red Sea. They sing songs and dance.
2. They then travel into the wilderness to Marah, where the waters were bitter. God shows a tree unto Moses, and when he cast the tree into the water, the waters were made pure.
Exodus 16.
1. God supplies manna and quail for food.
Exodus 17.
1. Water from a rock. The first time.
2. War with Amalek. As long as Moses holds his hands upward the Israelites prevail. When they hang down, they don't. Aaron and Hur hold up Moses' hands till the battle is won.
Exodus 18.
1. Moses' father-in-law, (Jethro), brings Moses' wife and his children to be with him. Suggest to Moses to appoint rulers, over thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens, to help Moses judge. And Moses did so.
Exodus 19.
1. God has Moses prepare the people so He can speak to them.
Exodus 20.
1. God speaks to the children and gives them the ten commandments. They're afraid, and ask Moses for God not to speak to them anymore.
Exodus 21 and 22.
1. Deals with the judgments set before the people concerning bondage, marriage, murder, stealing, restitution, etc. The lending of money, witches, sex with animals, just to mention a few.
Exodus 23.
1. False reports.
2. Don't follow the crowd.
3. Let the land rest the seventh year.
4. Rest on the seventh day.
5. Three feast every year.
6. God tells of how He will drive out some of the enemies before them.
Exodus 24.
1. God commands Moses to bring seventy of the elders of Israel upon the mount, and they saw the God of Israel.
2. Moses alone to come near the Lord.
3. Moses writes down all that God tells him.
4. He reads it to all the people and they agree to obey.
5. Moses was on the Mount forty days and forty nights.
Exodus 25, 26, and 27.
1. God instructs Moses on the building of the tabernacle.
Exodus 28.
1. Aaron and his sons to minister in the tabernacle.
2. God gives instructions for the holy garments.
Exodus 29 and 30.
1. Instructions on ministering in the tabernacle.
2. Offerings, sacrifices, and such.
Exodus 31.
1. An example of God instantly putting knowledge into a mans mind.
2. Repeats of some prior subjects.
Exodus 32.
1. While Moses is on the Mount with God, the children turn to worshiping idols.
2. Moses is given the ten commandments on two tablets, written by God.
3. Moses breaks them.
Exodus 33.
1. Moses wants to see God. God allows him to see only His back parts.
Exodus 34.
1. God commands Moses to make two more tablets to replaces the ones he broke.
2. God is a jealous God.
3. He warns of making covenants with the Inhabitants of the lands before them.
4. Commands them to destroy all signs of pagan worship.
5. The face of Moses shines so bright, he has to wear a veil.
Exodus 35 thru 39.
1. The actual making of the tabernacle, per the instructions that God had given Moses.
Exodus 40.
1. The tabernacle is assembled for the first time.
2. The glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.
3. When the cloud was raised up from the tabernacle, the children of Israel journeyed. But not until.
4. The cloud of the LORD was upon the tabernacle by day, and fire was on it by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel, throughout all their journeys.

Leviticus

Leviticus has 27 chapters, 859 verses, and contains 24,546 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Leviticus 1 thru 7.
1. God is revealing to Moses how the people are to sacrifice.
Leviticus 8 thru 10.
1. Moses is enacting the commandments God gave him pertaining to sacrificing.
Leviticus 11.
1. Pertains to things we should and should not eat.
Leviticus 12.
1. Pertains to childbirth.
Leviticus 13 thru 14.
1. Is about leprosy.
Leviticus 15.
1. Pertains to personal hygiene both men and women, (menstrual etc.)
Leviticus 16.
1. Instructions for Aaron to make atonement for himself, his house, and the congregation of Israel.
Leviticus 17.
1. About those who don't offer sacrifices.
2. Not to eat anything in it's blood.
Leviticus 18.
1. Regarding sexual do's and don'ts.
Leviticus 19.
1. I believe God is repeating, for emphasis, the things He requires of us, concerning His laws, statutes, and commandments.
2. How we are to treat others as well as other peoples who dwell among us.
Leviticus 20.
1. Some punishments resulting from disobeying some of God's ways.
Leviticus 21.
1. Some rules concerning the priesthood.
Leviticus 22.
1. More rules for the priesthood.
Leviticus 23.
1. God's instructions concerning the feast days. Feast of the LORD.
Leviticus 24.
1. Rules concerning oil for the lamps of the tabernacle, that are to burn continually.
2. An example of capital punishment.
Leviticus 25.
1. God's rules for the planting of crops.
2. Letting the land rest after each seven years.
3. Every fifty years is Jubilee.
Leviticus 26.
1. Rewards for obeying God's instructions. Also what happens, If you don't.
Leviticus 27.
1. Vows, tithes, etc.

Numbers

Numbers has 36 chapters, 1,288 verses, and contains 32,902 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Numbers 1.
1. The numbering, (or counting), of all the men of Israel for warfare.
Numbers 2.
1. God's instructions on how the tribes of Israel were to encamp.
Numbers 3.
1. The numbering of the Levites and their linage.
2. More instructions of how they were to camp. Also what their duties were to be.
Numbers 4.
1. God's instructions for the packaging of the tabernacle prior to moving it.
Numbers 5.
1. Instructions for health.
2. Quarantining of the sick.
3. The laws of jealously.
Numbers 6.
1. The vow of a Nazarite and the rules for such.
Numbers 7.
1. This was the dedication of the altar, in the day when it was anointed, by the princes of Israel.
Numbers 8.
1. God's instructions for the lighting of the lamps and the cleansing of the Levites.
Numbers 9.
1. Rules for observing the Passover for some who were defiled by a dead person and rules for those who would not observe the Passover.
2. Also a description of how, when, and where, God commanded the children to journey or camp.
Numbers 10.
1. The blowing of the trumpets and the meanings thereof.
2. The first journey or movement of Israel under the guide of the cloud.
Numbers 11.
1. The people complain. They want meat. God gives them quail.
2. God eases some of the burden for Moses.
Numbers 12.
1. Miriam and Aaron speak against Moses. God gets mad. Miriam is made leprous for seven days.
Numbers 13.
1. Moses sends scouts into the land of Canaan. They return, scared of the giants. All but Caleb and Joshua.
Numbers 14.
1. Some want to return to Egypt.
2. God is about to destroy them, but Moses intervenes on their behalf.
3. God repents of it, but sentenced them to forty years in the wilderness. One year for each day they were scouting in Canaan.
4. None above twenty years old will go into the promised land. The only exceptions are Caleb and Joshua.
Numbers 15.
1. God's instructions on making an offering by fire unto the LORD, a burnt offering, or a sacrifice, in performing a vow, or in a freewill offering, or in your solemn feasts, to make a sweet savour unto the LORD, of the herd, or of the flock, when they come into the land which God gives them.
2. God tells them something to do, in order to remember, to do His commandments, etc. See verses 37 thru 39.
Numbers 16.
1. Korah and his followers rebel against Moses and God destroys them.
Numbers 17.
1. God commands Moses to take a rod from each of the leaders of the twelve tribes, with their names written thereon.
2. Aaron's rod budded.
Numbers 18.
1. Aaron, his sons, and descendants thereof, are chosen by God, to make up the Levitical Priesthood.
Numbers 19.
1. The ashes of the red heifer, used for a purification.
Numbers 20.
1. Miriam dies.
2. Water from the Rock. Moses strikes the Rock twice instead of speaking to it as God commanded him to do.
3. Aaron dies. His command position is passed to his son Eleazar.
4. They mourn Aaron for thirty days.
Numbers 21.
1. Israel destroys the Canaanites, defeated the Amorites, and destroyed all of Bashan. With God's help of course.
Numbers 22 thru 24.
1. The story of Balaam, the talking ass, and those affected by it.
Numbers 25.
1. Some of the children of Israel start to whore around with other peoples.
2. Phinehas does a great deed, and is rewarded of God.
Numbers 26.
1. The numbering, (or census), of the Israelites. Twenty and upward, for warfare.
2. Caleb and Joshua, the only two of the original people who came out of Egypt. As God had stated.
Numbers 27.
1. God's instructions concerning family inheritance.
2. Moses sees the Promised Land.
3. Joshua replaces Moses to lead the children of Israel.
Numbers 28 thru 29
1. A repeat about offerings, sacrifices, etc.
Numbers 30.
2. Statutes between man and wife, and father and daughter.
3. Concerning vows.
Numbers 31.
1. Moses' last mission before God takes him home. Destroy the Medianites.
2. Describes the spoils taken in the battle.
Numbers 32.
1. The children of Reuben and Gad make a deal for some of the land on the east side of the Jordan. Jazer and Gilead. They will go over and fight until all others have their habitations, but they want the land the east side of the Jordan river.
Numbers 33.
1. These are the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron.
2. Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these are their journeys according to their goings out. Also, the consequences, if you don't drive out those before you.
Numbers 34.
1. God describes the borders of Israel, (The Promised Land), given to nine and one half of the twelve tribes if Israel. The one half tribe, is Manasseh. Reuben and Gad's inheritance is on the east side of the Jordan River.
Numbers 35.
1. The inheritance for the Levites.
2. Cities for refuge.
3. God's laws concerning murder.
Numbers 36.
1. The inheritance of a tribe, is to stay within that tribe.
2. They are to marry within their own tribe.

Deuteronomy

Deuteronomy means "repetition of the law". It has 34 chapters, 959 verses, and contains 28,461 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Beings this book is about law, there's a New testament verse we should remember.
Mat 5:18 (Jesus talking). For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.

Deuteronomy 1.
1. Moses reminds the people of the promises of God regarding the promised land
2. His appointment of judges.
3. The incident of the giants and their fear of them.
4. Only Caleb and Joshua would enter into the promise land.
5. Because of their fear, the Amorites defeat the children of Israel.
Deuteronomy 2.
1. Moses recounts some more of the years in the wilderness.
2. The defeating of Sihon the king of Heshbon.
Deuteronomy 3.
1. Moses describes Israel's defeat of Og, the giant. His bed measured 6 feet x 13-1/2 feet.
2. About Reuben and Gad wanting the land east of the Jordan.
3. About Moses viewing the promise land, and God telling him to put Joshua in charge.
Deuteronomy 4.
1. Moses reminds the people to be obedient to God, reminding them of what happened at Baalpeor.
2. Also about God giving the ten commandments directly to the children, verbally.
3. How and why God was mad at Moses and wouldn't allow him to enter the promise land.
4. Moses predicts that they, (their future generations), would be scattered among the nations, and when that happens, if they would seek God, they would find Him.
5. That they would be in tribulation in the latter days.
6. Moses chooses three cities for refuge.
Deuteronomy 5.
1. Moses repeats the ten commandments to the people.
2. Reminds them of how they were afraid when God spoke to them.
3. Reminds them that they're to walk in the ways God commanded.
Deuteronomy 6.
1. Moses gives the greatest commandment of all.

Deu 6:5 And thou shalt love the LORD thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might.

2. Warns again of being disobedient.
Deuteronomy 7.
1. Moses gives instructions of what to do and how to act when they enter into the promised land.
2. Have no fear.
3. Stay away from, and have nothing to do with the heathen.
4. Declares that Israel is a Holy people unto God.
5. God's people are the fewest in number of all peoples.
Deuteronomy 8.
1. God chastises His own.
2. The promise land is a land of plenty.
3. Be sure to bless God for the land He has given.
4. When things are going good, don't forget God.
5. God is the one who gives the power to get wealth.
Deuteronomy 9.
1. Moses tells the children that they will pass over into the promise land and possess nations greater than they.
2. That God is a consuming fire.
3. For them not to even think in their mind, that they inherited the land because they were righteous.
4. They are a stiffnecked people.
5. Repeats the incident at Mount Horeb, (Moses' forty days and nights on the mount, and them turning to idols).
6. Moses reminds them of their continual provoking God.
Deuteronomy 10.
1. A repeat of God telling Moses to hew two tables of stone, for Him to write the ten commandments.
2. For Moses to make an ark of Shittum wood and put in it, the ten commandments of stone.
3. Repeats of Aaron's death.
4. Tells of the separation of the tribe of Levi.
5. Tells what God requires of His people. Sacrifice is not mentioned. But love sure is.
6. The fatherless, widows, and strangers.
7. Tells of how seventy went into Egypt and came out in numbers as the stars of heaven.
Deuteronomy 11.
1. A repeat of mentioning some of the great miracles they'd seen with their own eyes.
2. How great is the land, where they're going.
3. Warns against serving other gods. Tells how powerful they will become.
4. Some Ifs.
5. God sets before them a blessing and a curse. A blessing if they obey. A curse if they don't.
Deuteronomy 12.
1. Commands them to destroy all places of Pagan worship.
2. God will choose the place for worship. Repeats it for emphasis.
3. Do not forsake the Levites.
4. God is very particular where they eat things sacrificed.
5. Do not eat the blood.
6. Warns again of worshiping idols.
Deuteronomy 13.
1. Warns of false prophets.
2. God will test you.
3. Put the false prophets to death, even if they're a family member.
4. Destroy all cities that serve other gods.
Deuteronomy 14.
1. Do not mutilate or deform your body.
2. Thou art an holy people unto the LORD thy God, and the LORD hath chosen thee to be a peculiar people unto Himself, above all the nations that are upon the earth.
3. Foods to eat and not to eat.
4. Tithing.
5. Do not forsake the Levites, fatherless, or widows.
Deuteronomy 15.
1. The Lord's release, every seven years.
2. Do not borrow from other nations.
3. How to treat a poor brother.
4. How to treat a bondman.
Deuteronomy 16.
1. Keep the Passover.
2. Instructions on keeping the Passover.
3. Feast of Weeks, (Pentecost).
4. Remember that you were a bondman in Egypt.
5. Feast of Tabernacles.
6. Judges and officers.
7. Rules for judgment, (no bribery).
8. No Idols.
Deuteronomy 17.
1. Nothing blemished is to be sacrificed.
2. Stone to death, those who worship other gods, the sun, the moon, and the host of heaven.
3. Must have at least two witnesses for a death penalty.
4. Hands of the witnesses must cast the first stone.
5. Matters too hard for them to judge.
6. The setting up of kings.
7. The king is to write a copy of this law in a book. (You know when you write something down, you're more apt to remember it).
Deuteronomy 18.
1. The Levites.
2. Stay away from all that is an abomination to God.
3.
* God will raise up a prophet, Jesus.
4. How to determine a false prophet.
5. Don't be afraid of false prophets.
Deuteronomy 19.
1. Cities of refuge.
2. Laws concerning the accidental killing of another person, with an example thereof.
3. Also premeditated murder.
4. Landmarks, (or boundaries).
5. Laws concerning witnesses, both true and false.
6. An eye for and eye, tooth for tooth, and life for life.
Deuteronomy 20.
1. Laws concerning going to war.
Deuteronomy 21.
1. Laws concerning how to handle an unsolved murder.
2. The taking of a captured woman for a wife.
3. Inheritance when a man has two wives.
4. What to do with a rebellious son.
Deuteronomy 22.
1. Laws concerning lost livestock and other things.
2. Men and women's clothing.
3. Virginity, adultery, and rape.
Deuteronomy 23.
1. Those who cannot participate in the congregation of the LORD.
2. Laws concerning illicit acts in the military.
3. God doesn't want the money from prostitution in His House.
4. Lending, with and without usury, (interest).
5. Making a vow to the LORD.
6. The neighbor's vineyard and corn.
Deuteronomy 24.
1. Laws on divorce.
2. A man's responsibility to a new wife.
3. The selling of people.
4. Leprosy.
5. The people told to remember the Miriam incident regarding leprosy.
6. Lending.
7. Do not oppress an hired servant.
8. The fathers will not pay for the children's sin and vise versa.
9. Provide for strangers, widows, and the fatherless.
10. Told to remember that they were bondmen in Egypt.
Deuteronomy 25.
1. Laws concerning the handling of controversy between men.
2. Laws concerning a man to have his brother's wife.
3. Punishment for a woman grabbing a man's private parts.
4. The keeping of proper weights and measures.
5. Remember Amalek. Pay-backs are hell.
Deuteronomy 26.
1. The first of the fruits of the earth to be offered.
2. Tithes of the third year.
Deuteronomy 27.
1. Commanded, upon entering into the promised land, to set up an altar with these laws written there-on.
2. Curses to be announced upon Mount Ebal.
Deuteronomy 28.
This chapter, I feel refers to the United States, for it's the only nation in history, to my knowledge, which has had these blessings.
1. Blessings and curses described in detail for those who obey, and for those who don't.
Deuteronomy 29.
1. A covenant between God and Israel.
2. Moses reminds the people of just how angry God is capable of being and that they can be destroyed just as Sodom and Gomorrah.
Deuteronomy 30.
1. Repeats that Israel will be scattered among all the nations and gathered again.
2. God places before them, life and death, blessings and cursings. Therefore choose life.
3. God is thy life and thy length of days.
Deuteronomy 31.
1. Moses is 120 years old.
2. Reminds the people that he cannot go over Jordan, but that God will go before them.
3. Tells them to be of good cheer and fear not.
4. Moses talks to Joshua in front of all Israel.
5. Tells Joshua to be strong and of good cheer.
6. The law is to be read before all Israel, that they may learn.
7. God Himself commissions Joshua to lead.
8. God tells Moses that he must die and that they will go whoring after other gods and forsake Him and that His anger will rise against them.
9. God commands Moses to write a song and teach it to them. The Song Of Moses.
10. Moses commands the Levites to put a writing of the law into the ark.
Deuteronomy 32.
1. The song of Moses, that God told him to write.
2. Tells of how God cared for Israel. Very blessed of God.
3. Tells of, when things were good, they forsook God.
4. How they provoked God by going after strange gods.
5. That they were a froward, (or perverse), generation.
6. States that God will take vengeance on His enemies.
7. Moses tells the people to set their minds unto all the words spoken to them this day.
8. Command your children to observe and do the words of this law.
9. God tells Moses to get upon Mount Nebo, and behold the land of Canaan, The Promised Land, and to die there.
Deuteronomy 33.
1. Moses blesses the tribes of Israel before he dies. Simeon is not mentioned here. I wonder why. See Genesis 49:1-28 for a comparison, where Jacob, (Israel), tells his sons, (who make up the twelve tribes of Israel), what is to befall then in the last days.
Deuteronomy 34.
1. As God commanded, Moses climbs Mount Nebo, to the top of Pisgah. There God shows to him, the promised land.
2. Moses dies and is buried by God. I add the next verses out of curiosity.

Jude 1:9 Yet Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil he disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee.
Wonder what this is all about? Another few verses.

Mat 17:1 And after six days Jesus taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into an high mountain apart,
Mat 17:2 And was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun, and his raiment was white as the light.
Mat 17:3 And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talking with him.

Moses, with Elijah and Jesus? Do you think maybe Moses was taken by God, as was Elijah? A good question for them. When we get there.

Joshua

Joshua has 24 chapters, 658 verses, and contains 18,858 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Joshua 1.
1. Joshua prepares the people to cross over the river Jordan.
2. Reminds the Reubenites, the Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh, of the agreement they made with Moses in Numbers 32:1-22.
Joshua 2.
1. Joshua sends two spies to check out the land.
2. Rahab, the harlot, hides the men and sends the king's men, (which had found out they were there), in another direction to look for them.
3. She tells the spies, that all the inhabitants have heard of them, and that all were afraid.
4. She asked them to remember her, and her family, when they come to destroy the city.
5. They agree not to harm her and her family. Her life, for their life.
Joshua 3.
1. Joshua gives the instructions from God, on how to cross the Jordan River.
2. Just as God parted the Red Sea, He does likewise here.
Joshua 4.
1. God commands Joshua to take twelve stones from the Jordan River for a memorial of the crossing on dry land.
2. When the priest come up out of the river, the waters of the Jordan returned as they were before. Just like at the Red Sea.
3. Joshua reminds the people of the Red Sea incident.
4. They put up the twelve stones at Gilgal.
Joshua 5.
1. When the inhabitants of the land west of the Jordan River hear that God had parted the waters of the Jordan, and the children of Israel crossed over on dry land, they became very afraid.
2. God commands Joshua to have all the males that crossed over to be circumcised.
3. They keep the Passover at Gilgal.
4. God stops feeding them manna, (angel's food).
5. When by Jericho, Joshua meets a Man, with His sword drawn. Read this.
6. He tells Joshua the same thing He told Moses, at the burning bush.
Joshua 6.
1. The destruction of Jericho.
2. Joshua tells the two spies to save Rahab and her household. They did.
3. She and her family lived with Israel thereafter.
Joshua 7.
1. Achan does the accursed thing.
Joshua 8.
1. God reassures Joshua.
2. They destroy Ai.
3. Joshua builds an altar in Mount Ebal, as Moses had instructed.
4 Joshua reads all the words of the law to the people.
Joshua 9.
1. When they heard what happened at Ai, all the kings of the west side of Jordan gathered themselves together to fight with Israel.
2. Some Gibeonites try to deceive Joshua.
3. They make peace with him.
Joshua 10.
1. Israel saves Gibeon.
2. God destroys more with hailstones than was killed by the sword.
3. Joshua asked God for the sun and the moon to stand still. It does, for nearly a day.
4. Israel traps five kings in a cave.
5. Joshua has them brought to him. He personally kills them and has their bodies put back into the cave.
6. Israel, (with the help of God), destroys all the kings and armies that joined together against Gibeon.
Joshua 11.
1. Kings Jabin, Jobab, the king of Shimron, the king of Achshaph, and others, joined forces to fight against Israel.
2. Only the Gibeonites and the Hivites made peace with Israel.
3. God hardened the others hearts that they would come against Israel.
4. The land rested from war.
5. Joshua divided the land, (the promised land), according to the tribes.
Joshua 12.
1. Kings defeated by Moses and Kings defeated by Joshua.
Joshua 13.
1. Joshua is old now, and there is yet land to be possessed.
2. The dividing of the land east of the Jordan.
3. Balaam is slain.
Joshua 14.
1. The land of Hebron is given to Caleb. Be sure and read this.
Joshua 15.
1. The land allotted to the tribe of Judah and it's borders described.
2. Caleb is given a part of Judah's inheritance.
3. Caleb clears all his land of it's former inhabitants.
Joshua 16.
1. The land given to the children of Joseph, and it's borders described.
Joshua 17.
1. An extra lot for the tribe of Manasseh, (a son of Joseph), because he was a great man of war.
2. Also another lot, for the tribe of Manasseh.
3. At their request, Joshua gives the children of Joseph some more land.
Joshua 18.
1. The children of Israel set up the tabernacle at Shiloh.
2. Joshua sends three men from each of the seven remaining tribes, into the land to describe, (write in a book), and divide it into seven parts.
3. The land given to the tribe of Benjamin and the description of it's borders.
Joshua 19.
1. The land given to the tribe of Simeon. They receive some of Judah's portion because it was too large for Judah.
2. Zebulun's inheritance and it's description.
3. The land of Issachar and it's borders described.
4. The lot for Asher and it's borders described.
5. The land of Naphtali and it's borders.
6. The land given to the tribe of Dan. It was too small, so they fought against Leshem, (former inhabitants), and took their land from them.
7. The children of Israel give an inheritance to Joshua.
8. The dividing of the promised land is complete.
Joshua 20.
1. Six cities appointed as, cities of refuge.
Joshua 21.
1. Cities appointed for the Levites.
2. Israel now possesses all the land that God promised to them.
Joshua 22.
1. The tribes of Reuben, Gad, and the tribe of Manasseh return to the east of the Jordan river.
2. A misunderstanding arises over an altar built by the 2-1/2 tribes.
3. The misunderstanding is settled and war is averted.
Joshua 23.
1. Joshua is old.
2. He reminds the people how that God, has not failed them, and for them to love Him.
3. Warns them against serving other gods.
4. God will no longer drive out any nations from before them. They shall be snares, traps, scourges, and thorns to the Israelites.
Joshua 24.
1. Joshua's farewell address to the children of Israel. "As for me and my house, we will serve the LORD".
2. Joshua dies at one hundred ten years old.
3. The bones of Joseph are buried.
4. Eleazar, (the son of Aaron), dies.

Judges

Judges has 21 chapters, 618 verses, and contains 18,976 words.

This book is the continued history of the Israelites with the leadership of judges. It covers approximately three hundred years starting at the death of Joshua. Some of the incidents could have been happening at the same time, since one judge did not rule over all the tribes. There were judges from each tribe.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Judges 1.
1. The capture of Adoni-bezek.
2. Overall, Israel isn't doing so well at driving out the inhabitants of the land. They do overcome them and make them pay taxes, but don't drive them out. See Joshua 23:13 for the reason why.
Judges 2.
1. Israel gets a visit from an Angel of the LORD.
2. They start worshiping other gods.
3. God raises up a judge to deliver them.
4. After the judge dies, they return to the same ole evil.
5. God leaves the nations to prove, (or test), Israel.
Judges 3.
1. Nations that God left to test Israel.
2. Some of Israel took their daughters to wife.
3. They began to worship other gods.
4. Othniel is judge and frees Israel and they have peace forty years.
5. Othniel dies. Israel does evil again and serves Moab eighteen years.
6. Ehud kills the king of Moab and frees Israel. They have peace for eighty years.
7. Shamgar delivers Israel.
Judges 4.
1. Deborah, (a judge and prophetess), along with Barak, deliver Israel.
2. Sisera is killed by a woman, just as Deborah said.
Judges 5.
1. Deborah and Barak sing a song about the battle.
2. Israel has peace for forty years.
Judges 6.
1. Israel does evil and God delivers them into the hands of Median.
2. They call upon God.
3. God calls Gideon to deliver Israel.
4. Gideon test God.
Judges 7.
1. Gideon raises a 32,000 man army. God reduces it to 300.
2. Gideon and his servant, sneak into the enemy camp, and overhear a man telling of his dream.
3. Gideon, (with God's help), has the victory.
4. They kill Oreb and Zeeb, (two Medianite princes), and bring their heads to Gideon.
Judges 8.
1. Gideon pursues the kings of Midian.
2. Ask for food along the way, but was refused.
3. He captures and kills the kings of Median.
4. The men of Israel ask Gideon to rule over them, but he refuses.
5. Israel has forty years of peace.
6. Gideon dies of old age.
7. Israel turns to other gods.
Judges 9.
1. Abimelech, (one of Gideon's sons), kills all his brothers, except one who escaped.
2. The men of Shechem declare him king.
3. A woman crushes Abimelech's head.
Judges 10.
1. Tola judges Israel twenty three years.
2. Jair judges for twenty two years.
3. Israel forsakes God once again.
4. The Philistines take over Israel.
5. The Ammonites fight against Judah.
6. Israel calls on God again. God tells them to have the gods, they've chosen, deliver them.
Judges 11.
1. Jephthah becomes judge, (or leader).
2. He makes a vow to God. One that will tear at his very soul.
3. Jephthah defeats the Ammonites.
Judges 12.
1. Jephthah has to fight the Ephraimites. He dies after judging Israel for six years.
2. Ibzan judges for seven years, Elon for ten, Abdon for eight.
Judges 13.
1. The children of Israel do evil and God puts them under the Philistines for forty years.
2. The birth of Samson.
Judges 14.
1. Samson wants a woman of the Philistines.
2. Samson's wedding feast and his riddle.
3. Samson kills thirty of the Philistines.
4. His father-in-law gives his wife to another man.
Judges 15.
1. Samson is offered his former wife's younger sister.
2. Samson destroys the Philistine's corn.
3. They murder, (burn), his former wife and father-in-law.
4. Samson kills one thousand men with a jawbone of an ass.
Judges 16.
1. An episode at Gaza.
2. Samson meets Delilah.
3. Samson is captured and blinded.
4. The death of Samson.
Judges 17.
1. In those days there was no king in Israel, but every man did that which was right in his own eyes.
2. Micah's house of gods.
3. He hires a priest.
Judges 18.
1. Micah's gods, the Levite priest, and the tribe of Dan.
Judges 19.
1. The Levite, his concubine, (wife), and the evil at Gibeah.
2. The Levite sends a portion of his wife's body to each of the tribes of Israel.
Judges 20.
1. The levite tells all Israel about the incident at Gibeah.
2. All of Israel go to war with Benjamin, (Gibeah), after they refuse to turn over the men who kill the Levite's wife.
3. Gibeah had seven hundred chosen men, all left handed, who were experts with sling shots.
4. Israel first goes against Gibeah before repenting of their own sins.
5. After two defeats, they go to Phinehas, the high priest, for God's instructions.
6. Six hundred men of Gibeah flee to the wilderness unto the rock, Rimmon.
Judges 21.
1. Israel repents for their extreme treatment of Benjamin.
2. Be sure to read, how the six hundred remaining Benjamites, get their wives.

Ruth

Ruth has 4 chapters, 85 verses, and contains 2,578 words. This story takes place in the time of the judges.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Ruth 1.
1. The death of Naomi's husband, and sons, in the country of Moab.
2. One of her daughter-in-laws, return with her to Bethlehem.
3. It was the time of barley harvest.
Ruth 2.
1. Ruth gathers grain from Boaz' field.
2. Boaz comes along and notices her.
3. The sparks of love begin to fly.
Ruth 3.
1. Naomi advises Ruth on just how to handle Boaz.
2. Ruth does all that Naomi instructs her to do.
3. This is a great love story. You wont regret reading this. It could be about your ancestors.
Ruth 4.
1. Boaz redeems Ruth.
2. Ruth and Boaz are married.
3. Naomi helps raise their son Obed.

First Samuel

I Samuel has 31 chapters, 810 verses, and contains 25,061 words.

The two books of Samuel were at one time called First Kings and the now First and Second Kings were called Second Kings. The author cannot be identified. It's not Samuel the prophet because his death is recorded in chapter 25. This book is the start of the kings of Israel. They go from a theocracy to a monarchy.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

I Samuel 1.
1. Elkanah has two wives. Peninah and Hannah.
2. Hannah is barren and is provoked by Peninah each time Elkanah goes to Shiloh to worship.
3. Hannah prays to God for a son and makes a vow to God concerning it.
4. Hannah has a son and she keeps her vow.
I Samuel 2.
1.
* Hannah prays and praises God, and in verse 10, makes reference to Jesus Christ.
2. Her child, (Samuel), ministers to God before Eli the priest.
3. The sons of Eli, the priest, are wicked.
4. Hannah bares three more sons and two daughters.
5. Eli is told by a man of God that his two sons will die on the same day.
I Samuel 3.
1. God calls Samuel.
I Samuel 4.
1. The Philistines defeat Israel in battle.
2. They take the Ark of God and kill Eli's two sons.
3. Upon hearing this news, Eli dies.
4. Eli judged Israel for forty years.
5. Eli's daughter-in-law, upon hearing the news, died giving birth to Ichabod.
I Samuel 5.
1. Dagon, (the god of the Philistines), is destroyed when the Ark of God is placed beside it.
2. The Philistines suffer great destructions from God. I feel there was a great plague of mice. Those that did not die, had severe hemorrhoids.
I Samuel 6.
1. The Philistines return the Ark of God.
I Samuel 7.
1. The Ark is in the house of Abinadab for twenty years.
2. Samuel beckons the house of Israel to return to the LORD and they did.
3. The Philistines attack Israel once again.
4. They ask Samuel to seek God's help, to deliver them from the Philistines, and God does.
5. Israel defeats the Philistines.
6. Samuel judges Israel all the days of his life.
I Samuel 8.
1. Samuel is old and makes his sons judges over Israel. They're not at all like him.
2. The elders of Israel want Samuel to give them a king.
3. God tells Samuel to do it, for they have not rejected Samuel, but God.
4. God tells Samuel to inform them what it's going to be like under a king. They will not listen.
I Samuel 9.
1. Saul, and a servant, is sent to find his father's missing asses. Instead, he finds Samuel.
2. God tells Samuel about Saul and that he is to be king.
I Samuel 10.
1. Saul is anointed king by Samuel
2. Samuel tells Saul some things that are to come to pass that very day, and they did.
I Samuel 11.
1. The Ammonites come against Israel
2. Saul gathers all of Israel and Judah to prepare for battle.
3. They defeat the Ammonites and although Samuel has already anointed Saul king, the people make Saul king and rejoice.
I Samuel 12.
1. Samuel addresses all the people.
2. Reminds them of their coming out of Egypt. How they would turn from God, go into captivity, and then call on God to deliver them from their enemies.
3. They're the ones who want a king.
4. Samuel calls on God to send thunder and rain as a demonstration from God concerning their wickedness.
5. Samuel ask the people to serve God.
I Samuel 13.
1. Saul attacks a Philistine military post.
2. The Philistines gather a huge army to fight.
3. Saul ask Samuel for guidance. Samuel tells Saul that his kingdom will not continue.
4. Israel is totally dependent on the Philistines for all their metal goods, (weapons etc).
I Samuel 14.
1. Jonathan, (Saul's son), and his armourbearer slay about twenty of the Philistine army. He had a sign from God regarding the matter.
2. An earthquake, confusion, and the Philistines kill each other. God delivers Israel from the Philistines.
3. Saul will not allow his army to eat. Jonathan disobeys the order.
4. The people save Jonathan's life.
5. Some of Saul's victories.
6. Saul's family.
I Samuel 15.
1. Saul is told to smite Amalek and destroy all.
2. Saul spares the life of king Agag.
3. God is sorry that He ever made Saul king.
4. God rejects Saul.
5. Samuel kills king Agag.
I Samuel 16.
1. God sends Samuel to the house of Jesse, to anoint David king.
2. David becomes Saul's musician and armourbearer.
I Samuel 17.
1. The Philistines and the Israelites are prepared for battle.
2. A physical description of the giant, Goliath.
3. David returns to his father's house to feed the sheep.
4. Jesse, (David's father), sends him to his brothers, (soldiers is Saul's army), with food, and to check on their well being.
5. David hears Goliath make his challenge.
6. David kills Goliath.
I Samuel 18.
1. Jonathan, (Saul's son), makes a covenant with David.
2. Saul becomes jealous of David.
3. All Israel and Judah love David.
4. Saul tries to kill David twice, and through trickery, tries to have others kill him.
5. David marries Michal, (Saul's daughter).
6. Saul is afraid of David.
7. David is a very wise man. This is stated throughout this Chapter.
I Samuel 19.
1. Saul tells Jonathan, (his son), and all his servants, that they should kill David.
2. Jonathan talks Saul out of killing David.
3. Jonathan brings David to Saul, and he was in his presence, as in times past.
4. An evil spirit comes upon Saul and he tries to kill David once more with a javelin.
5. Saul sends men to David's house to kill him. Michal, (David's wife and Saul's daughter), helps David escape.
6. David flees and stays with Samuel.
7. Saul sends more men to kill David, but when they see David and Samuel, they begin to prophecy. After this happens three times, Saul himself, goes to do the job. The same thing happens to him.
I Samuel 20.
1. Jonathan vows to tell David all he is able to find out about Saul's plans to kill him.
2. Saul talks of killing David and when Jonathan speaks good of him, Saul tries to kill him, (his own son, Jonathan).
3. Jonathan keeps his promise, (or vow), to David.
I Samuel 21.
1. David goes to Nob and has no weapons.
2. He visits with a priest. Asked him for food and a spear, sword, or something.
3. The priest has Goliath's sword, and gives it to David.
4. David then flees to Gath, where he has to act crazy, in order to escape.
I Samuel 22.
1. David escapes from Gath to the cave Adullam. There his friends came to join him, about four hundred men.
2. David asked the king of Moab for refuge for his father and mother till whatever happens, happens.
3. King Saul commanded his soldiers to kill the priest at Nob. They refuse. He asked ole Doeg, (be sure to read about him), and he was anxious to do the job. He kills his whole family, all and everything in the town.
4. One of the sons of Ahimelech, (the priest at Nob), named Abiathar, escaped, and tells David. He stays with David.
I Samuel 23.
1. After asking God, and getting His go ahead, David defeats the Philistines.
2. King Saul is in hot pursuit of David.
3. David inquires of God and asked if Saul will come to Keilah after him. God replies, "he will come down". David asked if the men of Keilah would turn him over to Saul. God says, "they will deliver thee up".
4. David flees from Keilah.
5. Saul remains in chase after David every day.
6. Jonathan meets with David. Tells him that he, (David), will be king over Israel and that his father, (Saul), knows it.
7. Saul has David surrounded but hears that the Philistines have invaded the land, and has to take leave of chasing David.
I Samuel 24.
1. After fighting the Philistines, Saul takes three thousand men to seek David.
2. Unknowingly to Saul, he and David wind up in the same cave.
3. Instead of killing Saul, as David's men suggest, David cuts off a piece of his, (Saul's), skirt.
4. The next morning David talks to Saul, (probably from a distance). Saul weeps, and tells David that he knows that he, (David), will be king, and asked him not to destroy his family. David agrees, and Saul goes home.
I Samuel 25.
1. Samuel dies.
2. David sends messengers to Nabal to ask for help. Food and such. Nabal refused.
3. Upon hearing this, his wife, (Abigail), a woman of good understanding, came to David and gave to him and his men all that he'd asked for.
4. This act causes David to stop his intended destruction of all the males of Nabal's family and town.
5. When Abigail tells her husband Nabal, he loses his mind, had some kind of sickness, as though he turned to stone. Ten days later, he dies.
6. Abigail becomes David's wife. David also takes Ahinoam to wife.
7. Saul had given his daughter Michal, (David's wife), to another.
I Samuel 26.
1. King Saul searches for David once again. David hears of it and sends spies to check it out. It is so. David and one of his men slip into Saul's camp. Saul is asleep, surrounded by his men. His spear is beside his head-piece, as he sleeps. God had caused them to be in a deep sleep. David takes Saul's spear and cruise of water that was by his head. At some distance David awakens Saul and his three thousand men, and talks to Saul. Saul repents of his actions. David returns home and so does Saul.
I Samuel 27.
1. David feels that one day Saul will kill him. So he goes to the land of the Philistines, (Gath).
2. When Saul hears this, he seeks to kill David no more.
3. David stays there sixteen months. King Achish gives David some land. He has to take it by force.
I Samuel 28.
1. The Philistines gather an army to fight against Israel. King Achish ask David to join them in the battle.
2. When Saul sees the army, he's afraid. Inquires of God. God don't answer. Saul visits the witch of Endor for advice.
3. He asked her to summon up Samuel, who was dead. She did. Saul gets bad news from Samuel. Saul and his sons are to die in battle the following day.
I Samuel 29.
1. Some of the Philistine army leaders don't trust David, and doesn't want him to be with them in this battle.
2. King Achish, (who likes David very much), has to dismiss David.
I Samuel 30.
1. While David and his men were with the Philistine army, the Amalekites invade and burn Ziklag, (his home that Achish gave him). They carry away captive all the women and children.
2. After much sorrowing, David inquired at the LORD, saying, Shall I pursue after this troop? Shall I overtake them? And he answered him, Pursue: for thou shalt surely overtake them, and without fail recover all.
3. It happens just as God said.
4. David sends some of the spoils gained from the Amalekites, to the inhabitants of Judah, for a present.
I Samuel 31.
1.Saul commits suicide, and his sons die in battle.
2. The Philistines send the head of Saul, along with his armour to the land round about to make it known.
3. They fastened Saul's body to the wall of Bethshan.
4. The bodies of Saul and his sons are cremated.

Second Samuel

2 Samuel has 24 chapters, 695 verses, and contains 20,612 words. The two books of Samuel were at one time called First Kings and the now First and Second Kings were called Second Kings.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

II Samuel 1.
1. David learns of the death of Saul and his sons. The bearer of the news brings Saul's crown and bracelet to David. The man states that at Saul's request, he killed Saul, and that he was sure Saul could not have lived. David has the man killed. David writes and sings a song about Saul and Jonathan. Bids them to teach it to the children of Judah.
II Samuel 2.
1. David is anointed king over the house of Judah.
2. A small battle takes place between David's men and of the men of Israel.
II Samuel 3.
1. A long war takes place between the house of Saul, (Israel), and the house of David, (Judah). Sounds kinda like the civil war of the United States. The war between the North and the South.
2. David gets stronger and stronger.
3. David fathers six sons while in Hebron.
4. Abner, (captain of Saul's army), deserts from Israel to David. Wants David to become king of Israel also. Joab kills Abner.
5. David is very grieved at the death of Abner.
II Samuel 4.
1. Ishbosheth, (king of Israel), is murdered by his brothers.
2.They personally deliver his head to King David. David has them killed.
II Samuel 5.
1. David is made king over Israel also.
2. He takes Zion, (the city of David).
3. Hiram, (king of Tyre), builds David a house.
4. David takes on more concubines and wives, and has eleven more sons.
5. Two times, David defeats the Philistines. One of which, with instructions from God, concerning mulberry trees.
II Samuel 6.
1. David brings the ark of God to Zion, (the city of David). In the process Uzzah is killed by God for touching it.
2. Michal and David have words over him dancing in front of the young women. She never had any children.
II Samuel 7.
1. David wants to build a temple to God.
2. God tells him that it will be his son Solomon, that will build the temple, and that He, (God), will establish the kingdom for ever.
II Samuel 8.
1. King David defeats the Philistines, Moabites, and Syria. Some surrendered up front. These actions got David a great name.
2. King David sets up his rulers, (or government), of which his sons are the chief rulers.
II Samuel 9.
1. David shows kindness to the only remaining of Saul's house, Mephibosheth, the son of Jonathan, David's best friend. Mephibosheth is crippled. David gives to him, everything that had belonged to Saul. Land and all. Mephibosheth ate at king David's table thereafter.
II Samuel 10.
1. David, wanting to show an act of kindness to Hanun, (son of the king of Ammon), leads to a great battle.
II Samuel 11.
1. It appears that there was a particular time of the year that nations went to war.
2. David and Bathsheba, (the wife of Uriah, a captain in David's army), have a sexual affair. She becomes pregnant.
3. David has Uriah killed.
4. David takes Bathsheba for his wife.
II Samuel 12.
1. God sends Nathan the prophet to rebuke David. Tells David that the child will not live.
2. Tells David that because you have taken a man's wife secretly, God will have his wives taken in front of all Israel.
3. David repents for his wrongdoing. God forgives David.
4. Solomon is born. God gives Solomon another name, (Jedidiah). In another book we find that Solomon was named by God before he was even born.
5. David captures Rabbah.
II Samuel 13.
1. Amnon, rapes Tamar, his half sister, and Absalom's full sister.
2. Absalom waits two years then has Amnon killed.
3. David is told that all his sons are killed, but the story is soon corrected.
4. Absalom fled to Geshur, and was there three years.
5. David longs for his son Absalom.
II Samuel 14.
1. In order to get Absalom home, Joab devises a plan. He makes up a story and has a woman tell it to king David. It works. Absalom is allowed to come home but cannot see the king's face.
2. In all Israel there was none to be so much praised as Absalom for his beauty.
3. Absalom burns a field of barley belonging to Joab.
4. Absalom finally gets to see his father, king David.
II Samuel 15.
1. Absalom revolts, (treason), against his father David.
2. David and his family flee Jerusalem.
3. David sets up a spy network.
II Samuel 16.
1. As David travels, a man, (Shimei), curses him, throws stones at David and all with him. One of David's men wants to kill him, but David said no.
2. As foretold by God, Absalom has sex with David's concubine wives in front of all Israel.
II Samuel 17.
1. Absalom receives counsel from Ahithophel and Hushai.
2. David's spy network works.
3.Two messengers are almost caught by Absalom's men. They are hid in a well to avoid capture. It's a real dramatic story.
4. Ahithophel hangs himself.
II Samuel 18.
1. David lays out his battle plan to defeat Israel and Absalom.
2. He wants to go to battle with them. The people refuse to let the king go.
3. David gives command to be gentle with Absalom. All the people hear it.
4. During the battle, Absalom's mule goes under a tree and his head, (I think hair), is caught and he is left hanging there. Joab and ten of his men kill Absalom.
5. Joab informs his men, (messengers), not to inform David of Absalom's death. It can wait till another day. But I guess after thinking it over, he decides to tell him all.
II Samuel 19.
1. Victory turns to mourning. Joab talks very straight forward to king David concerning his actions, (a self pity party).
2. King David returns to Jerusalem.
II Samuel 20.
1. David has his concubine wives put in ward, (custody). I guess for what they did with Absalom.
2. Sheba leads a revolt against king David.
3. Joab and his army chase him to Abel of Bethmaachah. A wise woman is responsible for saving the city and it's inhabitants. After talking with Joab, she agrees to deliver Sheba to Joab. She and the people of the city be-head Sheba and throw it over the wall of the city to Joab.
4. Joab and his army return to Jerusalem and king David.
5. A list of king David's rulers.
II Samuel 21.
1. Seven sons of Saul are hanged.
2. David got faint in a battle and was thought to have been killed. But Abishai killed the giant that was fighting David and saved his life. After that the people would not let David go out to battle anymore.
3. There were more battles with the Philistines and more giants were killed.
II Samuel 22.
1. David spake unto the LORD the words of this song in the day that the LORD had delivered him out of the hand of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saul.
II Samuel 23.
1. David's last words.
2. A list of David's mighty men. Read this.
II Samuel 24.
1. David commands Joab to number, (or take a census), of Israel and Judah. It took nine months and twenty days.
2. David gets sick after the census is taken.
3. God says to David, I offer thee three things; choose thee one of them, that I may do it unto thee.
4. God sends a pestilence upon Israel and seventy thousand people die.
5. At God's command, David raises up an altar unto the LORD.

First Kings

The first book of Kings has 22 chapters, 816 verses, and contains 24,524 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

I Kings 1.
1. David is old and very sick.
2. Abishag, (a young lady), is summoned to lay with David for warmth.
3. Adonijah, (one of David's sons by Haggith), makes plans to be king.
4. Nathan tells Bathsheba, (the mother of Solomon). She and Nathan the prophet, tell king David. Solomon is made king that very day.
I Kings 2.
1. David advises Solomon before he dies.
2. David reigned for forty years.
3. Solomon carries out David's wishes.
4. The death of Adonijah.
5. The death of Joab.
6. The death of Shimei.
7. The kingdom of Solomon is established.
I Kings 3.
1. Solomon marries the daughter of Pharaoh king of Egypt.
2. Solomon ask God for wisdom.
3. Solomon's first test of judgment. To determine which woman was the mother of a child.
4. Solomon is held in great reverence by the people.
I Kings 4.
1. Solomon assigns his officers.
2. A description of how well things are in his kingdom.
3. His lifestyle and awesome wisdom.
I Kings 5.
1. Solomon plans to build the temple.
2. Solomon makes an agreement with Hiram, (king of Tyre).
3. A description of the workforce for building the temple.
I Kings 6.
1. A description of the temple built by Solomon. Also described in 2 Chronicles 3.
2. It took seven years to finish the temple.
I Kings 7.
1. King Solomon builds his own home. Builds a home for his wife, (the daughter of Pharaoh, king of Egypt). A brief description of both.
2. A description of the temple furnishings.
I Kings 8.
1. The ark is brought into the temple. As soon as the priest leave, the glory of God, in the form of a cloud, enters the temple.
2. Solomon prays to God.
3. Solomon offered a sacrifice of peace offerings, which he offered unto the LORD, two and twenty thousand oxen, and an hundred and twenty thousand sheep.
4. King Solomon and all the children of Israel dedicated the house of the LORD.
I Kings 9.
1. God appears to Solomon a second time.
2. King Hiram, (of Tyre), is not pleased with the presents Solomon gave to him, for his help.
3. The reason for the levy, (or taxes), which king Solomon raised.
4. Solomon levied a tribute of bondservice of the people not of Israel, that he could not utterly destroy.
5. Three times each year, Solomon offers burnt offerings and peace offerings to God.
6. Solomon creates a navy, and sends it to Ophir for gold.
I Kings 10.
1. The queen of Sheba comes to visit Solomon. They exchange gifts.
2. The fame and riches of Solomon.
I Kings 11.
1. Solomon takes on many foreign wives. Solomon had seven hundred wives, princesses, and three hundred concubines. And as the scriptures warned, led Solomon to other gods.
2. For doing these things, God tells Solomon that He will take the kingdom away from his, (Solomon's), son.

1 Ki 11:12 Notwithstanding in thy days I will not do it for David thy father's sake: but I will rend it out of the hand of thy son.

3. God stirs up some adversaries for Solomon.
4. The prophet Ahijah, tells Jeroboam that he's to be king.
5. Solomon seeks to kill Jeroboam. Jeroboam flees to Egypt, and stays there until the death of Solomon.
6. Solomon dies and Rehoboam his son, is made king. Solomon reigned for forty years.
I Kings 12.
1. Jeroboam is told of Solomon's passing.
2. Rehoboam plans to make life for tough for Israel and sends Adoram, (his tax collector), to collect taxes no doubt. All Israel stone him to death. Rehoboam flees to Jerusalem.
3. Jeroboam is made king over Israel.
4. Only Judah and Benjamin follow Rehoboam.
5. Rehoboam assembles an army and plans to fight Israel in order to regain control, but, the word of God came unto Shemaiah, the man of God, saying, speak unto Rehoboam, the son of Solomon, king of Judah, and unto all the house of Judah and Benjamin, and to the remnant of the people, saying, "Ye shall not go up, nor fight against your brethren the children of Israel: return every man to his house; for this thing is from me." They hearkened therefore to the word of the LORD, and returned to depart, according to the word of the LORD.
6. Jeroboam makes two calves for the children of Israel to worship. That, is a no no.
I Kings 13.
1. Jeroboam is warned by a prophet of Judah.
2. The prediction of the birth of king Josiah.
3. Jeroboam's hand is dried up and then made whole again. The story of the disobedient prophet. Another prophet wants his bones laid by the disobedient prophet's bones.
4. Jeroboam keeps getting worse.
I Kings 14.
1. Jeroboam sends his wife to Ahijah the prophet. She is told that the child will die, and that all Israel shall mourn for him, and bury him: for he only of Jeroboam shall come to the grave, because in him there is found some good thing toward the LORD God of Israel in the house of Jeroboam. Is the soul of this child too good to have to go through this flesh life?
2. Judah, (king Rehoboam), also does evil in the sight of the LORD.
3. There was war between Rehoboam and Jeroboam all their days.
4. Rehoboam dies.
I Kings 15.
1. Abijam, (son of Rehoboam), becomes king of Judah. Like father, like son. He reigns three years and dies. His son Asa is then king, reigns forty one years, and did that which was right in the eyes of the LORD.
2. There was war between Asa and Baasha, (king of Israel), all their days.
3. Asa makes a league with Ben-ha-dad, (king of Syria).
4. Asa dies.
5. Nada the son of Jeroboam began to reign over Israel in the second year of Asa king of Judah, and reigned over Israel two years. Again, like father like son. He does evil.
6. Baasha, (the son of Ahijah), smote him at Gibbethon, and reigned in his stead.
I Kings 16.
1. King Baasha is told by Jehu that his posterity will end. Just like Jeroboam.
2. Baasha dies and Elah, (his son) becomes King. He reigns for two years and is killed by Zimri, who reigns in his stead. He kills all the house of Baasha, fullfilling the prophecy of Jehu the prophet.
3. Zimri reigns seven days in Tirzah. All Israel makes Omri king that day. Omri and all Israel with him, besiege Tirzah. When this happens, Zimri sets fire to the king's house, and dies in the fire.
4. Some of Israel want Tibni to be king, some want Omri. The followers of Omri were victorious over those following Tibni. Tibni dies and Omri was king over Israel.
5. Omri wrought evil in the eyes of the LORD, and did worse than all that were before him.
6. Omri dies and Ahab, (his son), becomes king of Israel. Ahab reigns for twenty two years, and again, like father, like son. Ahab does evil also. He takes Jezebel to wife and worships Baal. Ahab did more to provoke the LORD God of Israel to anger than all the kings of Israel that were before him.
I Kings 17.
1. The prophet Elijah tells Ahab about an upcoming drought and that it will not rain except by his word.
2. God tells Elijah to hide and has the ravens to feed him.
3. The widow woman whose barrel of meal did not go empty. Neither did her container of oil go dry.
4. The widow's son dies. Elijah prays to God, to revive him, and He does.
I Kings 18.
1. After three years, God tells Elijah to go to Ahab.
2. Jezebel has the prophets killed.
3. Obadiah hides one hundred of the prophets and feeds them bread and water.
4. Obadiah and Elijah meet.
5. The contest between Elijah and  a combination of 850 Baal and grove priest of Jezebel. The God that answers by fire, let Him be God. Guess who answers.
6. Elijah kills 450 Baal priest.
7. Elijah prays for rain.
I Kings 19.
1. Elijah flees for his life.
2. He prays to die.
3. An angel feeds him.
4. Elijah takes a forty day and night journey.
5. God talks to Elijah in a cave.
6. Elijah passes his mantel to Elisha.
I Kings 20.
1. Benhadad, (king of Syria), and thirty two other kings besieged Samaria, and made war against it.
2. Benhadad makes demands. Ahab agrees, then Benhadad increases his demands, and Ahab refuses.
3. A prophet of God tells Ahab that God will deliver Benhadad and his army into his hands.
4. Benhadad and the thirty two kings with him get intoxicated, (drunk).
5. Ahab defeats the Syrians.
6. The prophet tells Ahab to prepare, that Benhadad will return the next year. He does return and with a great army.
7. A man of God tells Ahab not to worry, that God will deliver them into his hand. Israel slew of the Syrians an hundred thousand footmen in one day. Ahab spares the life of Benhadad.
8. The prophet of God tells Ahab that for sparing the life of Benhadad, he will die.
I Kings 21.
1. King Ahab wants Naboth's vineyard. Naboth refuses.
2. Jezebel, (Ahab's wife), has Naboth killed.
3. God has Elijah tell Ahab, In the place where dogs licked the blood of Naboth, shall dogs lick thy blood. Also, Jezebel will be eaten by dogs.
I Kings 22.
1. Jehoshaphat, (king of Judah), asked Ahab to go into battle with him against the king of Syria.
2. Ahab asked his false prophets, if he should go. They say yes.
3. Micaiah, (God's prophet), tells Ahab the truth. That he will die in this battle. It came to pass, and the dogs licked his blood, just as it also had been prophesied.
4. Jehoshaphat, (the son of Asa), began to reign over Judah in the fourth year of Ahab king of Israel. Like father like son, he was a good king.
5. Jehoshaphat made peace with the king of Israel.
6. Jehoshaphat dies and Jehoram, (his son), becomes king of Judah.
7.Ahaziah the son of Ahab began to reign over Israel. He did evil in the sight of the LORD. For he served Baal, and worshipped him, and provoked to anger the LORD God of Israel, according to all that his father had done.

Second Kings

The second book of Kings has 25 chapters, 719 verses, and contains 23,532 words. The Talmud credits Jeremiah with writing both books of Kings.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

II Kings 1.
1. King Ahaziah has a bad fall.
2. Sends messengers to Baalzebub the god of Ekron, to ask if he will recover. They meet the prophet Elijah and he relays the word from God that Ahaziah will not recover.
3. Fire from Heaven consumes those who came to get Elijah.
4. Ahaziah died according to the word of the LORD which Elijah had spoken, and Jehoram reigned in his stead because Ahaziah had no son.
II Kings 2.
1. God, (through Elijah), parts the Jordan River.
2. Elisha asked Elijah for a double portion of his spirit be upon him. Elijah tells Elisha how he will know if he has the double portion.
3. Elijah is taken up by a whirlwind, (chariot of fire).
4. God, (through Elisha), parts the Jordan River again.
5. Fifty men search for the body of Elijah for three days to no avail.
6. God, (through Elisha), heals Jericho's water.
7. Forty two children are killed by two she bears, for mocking Elisha.
II Kings 3.
1. Jehoram reigns in Israel. He does the same type evil as did Jeroboam.
2. Moab rebels against Israel.
3. The kings of Israel, Judah, and Edom plan to fight Moab. They run out of water and get afraid.
4. They call upon Elisha, (God's prophet). He gives to them God's word. This chapter is a must to read.
II Kings 4.
1. The widow with two sons, a flask of oil, a debt, and a miracle from God.
2. A miracle child for a Shunammite woman and her husband.
3. Another miracle concerning the child.
4. Food to eat during a famine.
II Kings 5.
1. Naaman is cured of Leprosy and offers lots of gifts to Elisha for his healing. Elisha refuses to take them.
2. Gehazi, (Elisha's servant), goes after Naaman and takes some of the gifts. For which he is made a leper and turns white as snow.
II Kings 6.
1. The head of an axe falls into the Jordan river. Elisha, (no doubt with God's help), makes the axe head float.
2. Elisha is pursued by the Syrian army.
3. Elisha asked God to show his servant His army that is around them. God does. Elisha asked God to blind the army of men. God does. Elisha leads them to Samaria. God restores their sight. Elisha has the people feed them, give them provisions, and allows them to return to the Syrian Army.
4. The Syrians lay siege to Samaria. There's no food in the city. Cannibalism takes place.
5. The king of Israel wants Elisha's head.
II Kings 7.
1. Elisha prophecies that on the following day, there will be plenty to eat.
2. The messenger from the king makes light of it and is told he will not eat of it but will die.
3. Four Lepers decide to go to the Syrians, maybe they will kill them, but certainly they are going to die of starvation in the city.
4. God makes the army of the Syrians to hear a noise of chariots and they flee, leaving all their belongings.
5. The lepers find the abandoned camp of the Syrian Army and go tell the people of the city of Samaria.
II Kings 8.
1. Land restored to the mother of the child that Elisha, (through God), raised from the dead.
2. King Benhadad of Syria sends Hazael to Elisha to enquire if he will recover from a disease he has. Elisha weeps and tells Hazael that he will become king of Syria. A ruthless king.
3. Hazael kills Benhadad and reigns in his stead.
4. Jehoram begins to reign over Judah. Joram dies and his son Ahaziah is made king.
II Kings 9.
1. Elisha sends one of the children of the prophets to anoint Jehu, king over Israel.
2. Jehu kills Joram, king of Israel. He also kills Ahaziah, king of Judah.
3. Jehu kills Jezebel. The dogs eat her body. Fulfilling the prophecy about her.
II Kings 10.
1. Jehu kills all the sons of Ahab and the brethren of King Ahaziah.
2. He Destroys all the Baal worshipers.
3. Jehu does not follow the law of God with all his heart.
4. Jehu dies and Jehoahaz, (his son), reigns in his stead.
II Kings 11.
1. When Athaliah, the mother of king Ahaziah, saw that he was dead, she arose and destroyed all the seed royal, so she could reign in his stead. Unknown to her, there was a baby son, (Joash), of Ahaziah that was taken away and hid in the house of the LORD for six years. He is surrounded by armed guards continuously.
2. After seven years Joash was made known to the public and made king.
3. Athaliah is killed and all the people rejoice.
4. Jehoiada, (the priest), makes a covenant, and all the people of the land went into the house of Baal, and brake it down; his altars and his images brake they in pieces thoroughly, and slew Mattan the priest of Baal before the altars. And the priest appointed officers over the house of the LORD.
II Kings 12.
1. Jehoash, (or Joash), did that which was right in the sight of the LORD all his days wherein Jehoiada the priest instructed him.
2. Jehoash commands that the house of the LORD be repaired. After twenty three years it's still not repaired. The priest were keeping the money gathered for the job. Jehoash puts a stop to that and gathers the money in the appropriate fashion.
3. Hazael, king of Syria, comes to take Jerusalem, so Joash gives him all the hallowed things of the temple and gold of the king's house. For which Hazael leaves them alone.
4. Jozachar the son of Shimeath, and Jehozabad the son of Shomer, Joash's servants, killed him, and Amaziah, his son, reigned in his stead.
II Kings 13.
1. Jehoahaz starts his seventeen year reign over Israel.
2. He does evil and God delivers Israel to the Syrians.
3. Jehoahaz dies and his son, Joash, reigns in his stead.
4. Joash dies and Jeroboam becomes king.
5. Elisha gives his last prophecy to king Jeroboam then dies.

1 Ki 13:21 And it came to pass, as they were burying a man, that, behold, they spied a band of men; and they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha: and when the man was let down, and touched the bones of Elisha, he revived, and stood up on his feet.

6. Hazael king of Syria dies and Benhadad his son reigns in his stead.
7. Joash beat Syria three times, and recovered the cities of Israel, fulfilling Elisha's last prophecy.
II Kings 14.
1. Amaziah begins his reign in Judah. He immediately kills those that killed his father.
2. Amaziah wants to fight Israel. Israel obliges and wins the battle.
3. Jehoash, king of Israel, dies and Jeroboam his son reigned in his stead.
4. A conspiracy to kill Amaziah is successful.
5. Azariah, the son of Amaziah is made king of Judah.
6. Jeroboam reigns over Israel.
7. Jeroboam dies and Zachariah, his son, reigns in his stead.
II Kings 15.
1. Azariah begins his reign at the age of sixteen and reigns for fifty two years. He does that which is right in the sight of the LORD. With some exceptions.
2. God strikes him with leprosy till the day he dies, and Jotham, his son, took over for him and judged the people.
3. Azariah dies and Jotham becomes king of Judah.
4. Zachariah, king of Israel, does evil. After reigning only six months, Shallu the son of Jewbush conspired against him, and smote him before the people, and slew him, and reigned in his stead.
5. The promise from God to Jehu is fulfilled.
6. After one month, Menahem slays Shallu and reigned in his stead.
7. Menahem pays Pul, the king of Assyria, to keep him from warring with Israel.
8. Menahem dies and Pekahiah, his son becomes king. Does evil, reigns two years and is killed by Pekah, who reigns in his stead. He does evil also.
9. Hoshea, son of Elah, slays Pekah, and reigned in his stead,
10. Gotham, the son of king Uzziah becomes king of Judah. He does right but some still have pagan worship.
11. Gotham dies and Ahab, his son, reigns in his stead.
II Kings 16.
1. Ahaz starts his reign of Judah at twenty years of age, and reigned sixteen years in Jerusalem, and did not that which was right in the sight of God.
2. Rezin king of Syria and Pekah son of Remaliah king of Israel came up to Jerusalem to war: and they besieged Ahab, but could not overcome him.
3. Ahaz offers Tiglathpileser, king of Assyria, silver and gold that was found in the house of the LORD, and in the treasures of the king's house, to help save him out of the hand of the king of Syria, and out of the hand of the king of Israel.
4. Ahaz turns from the house of the LORD, for the king of Assyria.
5. Ahaz dies and Hezekiah, his son, reigns in his stead.
II Kings 17.
1. Hoshea the son of Elah, reigns in Israel for nine years, and did evil in the sight of the LORD.
2. Hoshea becomes a servant to Shalmaneser king of Assyria. Even gives him presents.
3. Hoshea conspires with So, king of Egypt, and is put in prison.
4. In the ninth year of Hoshea, the king of Assyria took Samaria, and carried Israel away into Assyria, and placed them in Halah and in Habor by the river of Gozan, and in the cities of the Medes.
5. The king of Assyria placed men from other nations in charge of Samaria, the capital of Israel. Lions devoured some of them. At the peoples request the king of Assyria allowed a priest of God, whom they had carried away from Samaria, to come and dwell in Bethel, and teach them how they should fear the LORD.
II Kings 18.
1. Hezekiah, the son of Ahab, becomes king of Judah. He trusted in the LORD God of Israel, and there was no king before or after, like Hezekiah.
2. He rebelled against the king of Assyria, and served him not. He also smote the Philistines.
3. Sennacherib takes control of Judah. Hezekiah agrees to pay to Sennacherib all he ask. They even take the gold off the doors of the temple of the LORD.
4. Lots of threats are made to the people of Jerusalem. Things are beginning to get a little tense for Hezekiah and the people of Judah.
II Kings 19.
1. Hezekiah sends a message to Isaiah. Isaiah responds with good news.
2. Sennacherib sends a letter to Hezekiah. More threats.
3. Hezekiah prays to God. God answers through Isaiah.
4. God kills 185,000 of the Assyrian army around Jerusalem.
5. Sennacherib, king of Assyria departs from Jerusalem. While he's worshiping his god, (little g), two of his sons kill him. A third son reigns in his stead.
II Kings 20.
1. Hezekiah is sick and is told by the prophet Isaiah to get his house in order, that he's going to die.
2. Hezekiah prays to God. God answers his prayer and gives Hezekiah fifteen more years to live. Hezekiah wants a sign. God turns time back ten degrees, (which equals forty minutes of time).
3. Hezekiah shows off all he has to Berodachbaladan, the son of Baladan, king of Babylon. He will be sorry.
4. Isaiah delivers bad news to Hezekiah for showing off all his possessions.
5. Hezekiah dies and Manasseh, (his son), reigns in his stead.
II Kings 21.
1. Manasseh was twelve years old when he began to reign, and reigned fifty five years in Jerusalem, Judah. He was an evil king. His mother's name was Hephzibah.
2. He builds pagan places of worship, altars for Baal, and worshipped all the host of heaven, and served them.
3. Manasseh was more evil than the nations whom the LORD destroyed before the children of Israel. Shed innocent blood very much.
4. Manasseh dies and Amon, his son, becomes king of Judah. He did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD, as his father Manasseh did.
5. The servants of Amon slew him, in his own house.
6. The people of the land made Josiah, his son, king in his stead.
II Kings 22.
1. Josiah was eight years old when he began to reign, and he reigned thirty and one years in Jerusalem. And his mother's name was Jedidah, the daughter of Adaiah of Boscath. He was a good king.
2. Josiah commands that the house of the LORD be repaired.
3. A book of the law is found and taken and read to Josiah. Realizing their forefathers had not followed the laws of God, he wept and sends the book to Huldah for the understanding of it.
4. Huldah sends these words to Josiah from the LORD. "I will gather thee unto thy fathers, and thou shalt be gathered into thy grave in peace; and thine eyes shall not see all the evil which I will bring upon this place".
II Kings 23.
1. Josiah and all of Jerusalem go the house of the LORD. There he read in their ears, all the words of the book of the covenant, which was found in the house of the LORD.
2. Josiah makes a covenant with the LORD.
3. He cleans the temple of all items of pagan worship and then really cleans all of Jerusalem, Bethel, and Samaria. Kills all Baal priest. Even digs up the bones of former pagan priest and grinds them to powder.
4. He comes upon a certain grave of a man of God. When he asked who he was, they told him that it was the grave of the man who had prophesied that Josiah would be doing all this.
5. This is an incredible story. One we all should read.

II Ki 23:25 And like unto him was there no king before him, that turned to the LORD with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; neither after him arose there any like him.

6. God said, I will remove Judah also out of my sight, as I have removed Israel.
7. Josiah is killed in a battle with Assyria and Jehoahaz, his son, reigns in his stead.
8. Jehoahaz is an evil king. Reigns only three months. He's put in prison.
9. Pharaohnechoh made Eliakim the son of Josiah king in the room of Josiah his father, and turned his name to Jehoiakim, and took Jehoahaz away: and he came to Egypt, and died there.
10. Jehoiakim is an evil king also.
II Kings 24.
1. Judah is taken captive by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon.
2. King Jehoiakim rebels against Nebuchadnezzar.
3. Jehoiakim dies and Jehoiachin, his son, becomes king.
4. Jehoiachin reigns three months and is taken to Babylon. Zedekiah is made king in his stead. He is an evil king.
5. Zedekiah rebels against Babylon.
II Kings 25.
1. Nebuchadnezzar comes against Judah. Zedekiah watches as his sons are killed. His eyes are then put out, (or blinded).  He's then bound  with fetters of brass, and carried to Babylon.
2. A description of items carried away to Babylon.
3. Gedaliah is made governor over those that remain at Judah.
4. Ishmael kills Gedaliah and all the people, both small and great, and the captains of the armies, arose, and came to Egypt: for they were afraid of the Chaldees.
5. A new king of Babylon, Evilmerodach, in the year that he began to reign took Jehoiachin king of Judah out of prison and set his throne above the throne of the kings that were with him in Babylon. Allowed him to eat from his own table. An allowance was given him of the king, a daily rate for every day, all the days of his life. There he remained till his death.

First Chronicles

First Chronicles has 29 chapters, 942 verses, and contains 20,369 words. The first nine chapters contain some genealogy records. The rest of the book contain an account of king David's forty year reign.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

I Chronicles 1.
1. Adam's descendants. Note Cain is not listed.
2. Descendants of Japheth.
3. Descendants of Ham.
4. Descendants of Shem.
5. Shem to Abraham, (father of many nations).
6. Descendants of Ishmael, a son of Abraham.
7. Descendants of Keturah, Abraham's wife after the death of Sarah.
8. The descendants of Esau.
I Chronicles 2.
1. The descendants of Jacob, (Israel).
2. The descendants of Judah. Through which comes king David.
I Chronicles 3.
1. The sons of king David.
2. The sons of king Solomon.
I Chronicles 4.
1. Again, the descendants of Judah.
2. The descendants of Simeon.
I Chronicles 5.
1. The descendants of Reuben.
2. The descendants of Gad.
3. The story of Reuben, Gad, and one half of the tribe of Manasseh.
I Chronicles 6.
1. The descendants of Levi.
2. A list of those who king David set over the singing in the house of the Lord.
3. Aaron's descendants, (the Levites), and their dwelling places.
I Chronicles 7.
1. The sons of Issachar.
2. Among all the families of Issachar were valiant men of might.
3. The descendants of Benjamin which were mighty men of valour.
4. The sons of Naphtali.
5. The sons of Manasseh. The firstborn of Joseph.
6. The sons of Ephraim. The second son of Joseph.
7. The sons of Ashur.
I Chronicles 8.
1. Once more the descendants of Benjamin, including the descendants of king Saul.
I Chronicles 9.
1. Tells of who was left to dwell in Jerusalem after they were carried away captive into Babylon.
2. List the priest and Levites remaining in Jerusalem at that time, along with their duties to perform.
3. Again, the linage of king Saul.
I Chronicles 10.
1. King Saul and his sons die in battle.
2. Saul's armor bearer commits suicide.
3. The Philistines put Saul's armour in the house of their gods, and fastened his head in the temple of Dagon.
4. When the people of Jabeshgilead heard all that the Philistines had done to Saul, they arose, all the valiant men, and took away the body of Saul, and the bodies of his sons, and brought them to Jabesh, and buried their bones under the oak in Jabesh, and fasted seven days. (In another book it declares that their bodies were cremated).
I Chronicles 11.
1. David is made king over all of Israel.
2. David takes the castle Zion and the city Jebus, (Jerusalem). It's called the city of David.
3. David waxes greater and greater: for the LORD of hosts was with him.
4. The story of David longing for a drink of water from the well at Bethlehem. That was the garrison of the Philistines. Three of his captains break through the Philistine army and drew water from the well and took it to king David. Read the story to find out what David did with the water.
5. A list of the chief of the mighty men of David and some of the valiant men of his army.
I Chronicles 12.
1. Some men in David's army who could use either their right or left hand in archery and hurling of stones. They were of the tribe of Benjamin. There is another story in Judges 20 regarding left handed men of the tribe of Benjamin.
2. The tribes of Israel gather around David to create a mighty army. Some interesting comments about some of them. They have a three day celebration.
I Chronicles 13.
1. King David consults with all his leaders. Wants to send messengers to all the remnant of Israel so they may gather together with them. Also to bring the ark of God from Kirjathjearim.
2. They bring the ark of God from Kirjathjearim with music and song.
3. God strikes Uzza dead for touching the ark.
4. David was afraid of God that day.
I Chronicles 14.
1. Hiram, king of Tyre, sent messengers to David, and timber of cedars, with masons and carpenters, to build him an house.
2. David's children born in Jerusalem.
3. The Philistines come to make war.
3. David inquires of God regarding the Philistines. Two battles take place. One concerning the mulberry trees.
4. David, (with God's help), conquers the Philistines.
5. The fame of David went out into all lands; and the LORD brought the fear of him upon all nations.
I Chronicles 15.
1. David builds houses in the city of David.
2. Has the ark of God brought to Jerusalem. He makes sure to follow all the rules from God concerning it.
3. The appointment of singers and musicians.
4. The ark of God is brought into the city with singing and music.
5. Michal, (David's wife and the daughter of Saul), gets mad at David when she sees him playing and dancing.
I Chronicles 16.
1. After the ark is in place, David offers burnt sacrifices and peace offerings to God. He then blesses the people.
2. David appointed certain of the Levites to minister before the ark of the LORD, to record, thank, and praise the LORD God of Israel.
3. David sings a song, (psalm).
4. Again, the Levites appointed for the service before the ark, along with their duties.
I Chronicles 17.
1. As David sat in his house, he tells Nathan the prophet, Lo, I dwell in an house of cedars, but the ark of the covenant of the LORD remaineth under curtains.
2. God tells David, (through Nathan the prophet), that he is not to build the house.
3. David is told that his son, (Solomon), will build the house, (or temple).
4. David gives thanks and great praise to God.
I Chronicles 18.
1. David goes on a conquest. Defeating all his enemies round about. Takes lots of spoils and expands his territory.
2. King Tou of Hamath sends congratulations to David, by his son Hadoram.
I Chronicles 19.
1. Nahash the king of the children of Ammon died, and his son reigned in his stead.
2. David sends messengers to show kindness to his family, which take it for some trickery. They humiliate those sent by David. David gets quite mad.
3. When the children of Ammon hear this, they hire the Syrians to go to war with them against David.
4. David defeats both the children of Ammon and the Syrians.
I Chronicles 20.
1. King David's army, led by Joab, captures Rabbah and waste the children of Ammon. Be sure to read how those remaining were executed.
2. Elhanan, the son of Jair, slew Lahmi the brother of Goliath. Another giant no doubt.
3. And yet again there was war at Gath, where was a man of great stature, whose fingers and toes were four and twenty, six on each hand, and six on each foot: and he also was the son of the giant.
I Chronicles 21.
1. Satan stood up against Israel, and provoked David to number Israel.
2. David tells Joab to take the census. Joab doesn't want to do this, knowing it's against God's will. David prevails.
3. God was not happy about this and gives David his choice of three things for his punishment. Be sure to read about David's decision.
4. David saw the angel of the LORD stand between the earth and the heaven, having a drawn sword in his hand stretched out over Jerusalem.
5. David sets up an altar unto the LORD, in the threshingfloor of Ornan, the Jebusite.
6. Ornan turned back, and saw the angel; and his four sons with him hid themselves.
7. David is afraid because of the sword of the angel of the LORD.
I Chronicles 22.
1. King David makes abundant preparations for the temple and gives instructions to Solomon, his son.
I Chronicles 23.
1. Solomon is made king.
2. David assigns the duties of the Levites according to God's instructions.
I Chronicles 24.
1. The twenty four courses, (or lots), and who are assigned to them.
2. The rest of the sons of Levi.
I Chronicles 25.
1. Two hundred eighty eight musicians and singers for the service of the house of God. Lots were cast for their time of service.
I Chronicles 26.
1. The setting up of the porters, (door or gate keepers). They were assigned by lot to the North, South, East, and West gates.
2. The setting up of those whose job it was to be over the treasure of the house of God. Also of the things dedicated, (or holy).
3. The spoils taken in battle were dedicated to maintain the house of the Lord.
4. David makes rulers over the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh, for all matters pertaining to God.
I Chronicles 27.
1. Twenty four thousand men, with a captain over them, to serve the king. The tour of duty was one month each year. Twelve courses.
2. Rulers set over the twelve tribes of Israel.
3. Overseers of things like trees, storehouses, vineyards, herds, etc.
4. Joab was made general over the king's army.
I Chronicles 28.
1. King David gathers all his leaders about him. Tells them how that he wanted to build a temple for God, but that God had told him it would be after his death, and that his son, Solomon, would build it.
2. David exhorts them to seek and keep the commandments of God.
3. David advises Solomon on the importance of serving God. Gave to him all that God had shown him regarding the temple, all the plans, right down to the smallest detail.
4. Tells Solomon to be strong and of good courage, and do it.
I Chronicles 29.
1. David speaks to all the congregation. Tells them that Solomon is yet young and the work is great. But the palace, (or temple), is not for man, but for God.
2. David tells of how he has prepared, (or made provisions), for the building of the temple. Gold, silver, precious stones, etc. He asked if there was any willing to contribute to this. There were many who responded with much riches for the purpose of building the temple.

I Chr 29:9 Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.

3. David gives thanks to God before all the people.
4. Solomon is made king, for the second time. This time he sits on the throne instead of David his father.
5. King David dies at an old age. His reign was forty years.

Second Chronicles

Second Chronicles has 36 chapters, 822 verses, and contains 26074 words. First and Second Chronicles were originally one book called, "The Words Of The Days". Most scholars seem to think the author was Ezra.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

II Chronicles 1.
1. King Solomon and all the congregation travel to Gibeon, to the place of the tabernacle of God. There he prays for wisdom to lead the people.
2. Tells of the chariots and horsemen Solomon had at Jerusalem.
3. Tells of how Solomon gathered an abundance of wealth of different materials.
II Chronicles 2.
1. Solomon makes preparations to build the temple. He also makes this statement. "But who is able to build him an house, seeing the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain him?"
2. King Huram, (Hiram), of Tyre agrees to help King Solomon as he had dealt with his father king David.
3. Solomon numbers, (or counts), the strangers that were in the land of Israel for to be workers on this project.
II Chronicles 3.
1. Solomon begins construction of the temple.
2. The measurements of it are given, along with some of the details.
II Chronicles 4.
1. The contents of the temple along with their description. It's also described in 1 Kings 7.
II Chronicles 5.
1. The work of the temple is finished and the ark is brought into it.
2. Solomon along with all the congregation make a huge sacrifice unto God.
3. As they were singing and playing music unto the LORD, the temple was filled with a cloud. The glory of God.
II Chronicles 6.
1. In front of all the congregation, Solomon dedicates the temple and prays to God, giving Him much praise and honor. He also prays on behalf of all the people, including any strangers that may be among them, covering almost all situations that could possibly arise.
II Chronicles 7.
1. When Solomon had made an end of praying, fire came down from heaven, and consumed the burnt offering and the sacrifices; and the glory of the LORD filled the house. Because the glory of the LORD had filled the temple, the priests could not enter therein.
2. They keep the dedication of the altar seven days, and the feast lasted seven days. On the eighth day, Solomon sends the people to their homes, (or tents).
3. God appears to Solomon by night. Makes a covenant, (an agreement), with him. There are several Ifs, in it. Just like all God's blessings and curses, they are conditional.
II Chronicles 8.
1. After Solomon completes the temple and his house, he restores some cities, and builds others.
2. Those of the enemy that were not destroyed, were made to work and pay taxes. The children of Israel were exempt from this, and were men of war, leaders, etc.
3. Solomon brings the daughter of Pharaoh unto the house he had built for her.
4. He makes appointments over certain duties of the temple, according to David his father.
5. Solomon receives gold from Ophir.
II Chronicles 9.
1. Solomon's fame is widespread.
2. The queen of Sheba visits Solomon, bearing many gifts, and having many questions.
3. Tells of Solomon's tremendous earthly wealth and fame.
4. After a reign of forty years, Solomon dies.
II Chronicles 10.
1. Rehoboam, the son of Solomon, is made king. He is very hard on the people.
2. When Rehoboam sends Hadoram, his tax collector, to Israel to gather the taxes, the people stone him to death.
3. The house of Israel rebels against Rehoboam, the House of David.
II Chronicles 11.
1. Rehoboam gathers an army to fight Israel, but God sends him word by the prophet Shemaiah, telling him not to do it, that it's of God.
2. This is where Israel is split into two nations. Israel, (the ten tribes), and Judah along with the tribe of Benjamin. They will become one again. This is yet to happen.
3. Rehoboam builds many cities and sets up great defenses for them.
4. Jeroboam, now king of Israel, does away with worshiping of The True God and starts serving other gods.
5. The Levites, and others who want to serve God, leave Israel, and go to Judah, and help strengthen it.
6. Tells of Rehoboam's many wives and his children.
II Chronicles 12.
1. Rehoboam, forsakes the laws of God.
2. Shishak, king of Egypt, comes against Jerusalem because they had transgressed against the LORD.
3. Rehoboam and the princes of Judah get a visit from the prophet Shemaiah.
4. Rehoboam dies and Abijah, his son, reigns in his stead.
II Chronicles 13.
1. There is war between Abijah, (king of Judah), and Jeroboam, (king of Israel).
2. Abijah stands on a mountain and speaks to Jeroboam and all of Israel. Giving them some good reasons not to have this war. Judah has 400,000 troops and Israel has 800,000. All on both sides were mighty men of valor.
3. Jeroboam pays no heed. You just gotta read this story to see what happens.
4. Jeroboam dies, but not in the battle.
5. Abijah becomes great. Has fourteen wives, twenty two sons, and sixteen daughters.
II Chronicles 14.
1. Abijah dies and Asa, his son reigns. He's a good king and there is peace for ten years.
2. He does away with the strange gods and the worship thereof.
3. Judah prospers and builds cities.
4. Zerah, the Ethiopian, comes to make war against Judah, with an host of a thousand thousand, and three hundred chariots. That's 1,000,000 foot soldiers plus the 300 chariots. Judah only has 280,000 men of war. You gotta read this. Be sure to read Deuteronomy 20:1 also.
II Chronicles 15.
1. Asa gets a visit from Azariah the prophet, warning him not to forsake God.
2. Asa heeds the warning and they enter into a covenant with God.
II Chronicles 16.
1. Baasha, king of Israel, comes against Judah, starts building a wall so no one could go in or out to king Asa.
2. Asa, king of Judah, sends money to Benhadad, king of Syria, and asked for help.
3. Benhadad attacks Israel, and Baasha leaves off building the wall.
4. Asa used the stones that Baasha had to build Geba and Mizpah.
5. God sends Hanani, the prophet, to Asa and told him that because he had asked for help from Benhadad of Syria, and not from God, that he, (Asa), would have wars henceforth. Asa gets mad at Hanani and puts him in prison. He also oppresses some of the people.
6. Asa contracts a disease of the feet and dies.
II Chronicles 17.
1. Jehoshaphat, the son of Asa, becomes king of Judah. He's a good king. He fortifies Judah. God was with him. He had an abundance of riches and honor.
2. He does away with all forms of pagan worship.
3. Jehoshaphat sends levitical priest throughout all of Judah, teaching the book of the law of God.
4. His power increases. No one would make war with him. Even former enemies brought presents to him.
5. The economy of Judah flourished under Jehoshaphat.
6. He had a mighty army, always prepared for war.
II Chronicles 18.
1. King Jehoshaphat and king Ahab are allies by the marriage of daughter and son.
2. They enquire of false prophets whether or not to go to war with Ramothgilead. They say yes, go to war.
3. Jehoshaphat asked for a real prophet of God. They get Micaiah. He tells the truth about what will happen if they go to war. Micaiah gets slapped around and put into prison, for his prophecy. Too bad they didn't take his advice.
4. In the battle Jehoshaphat cries out to God for help, which God does. Poor ole Ahab dies in battle. A man shoots an arrow just by chance and kills him.
II Chronicles 19.
1. The prophet Jehu has a little talk with king Jehoshaphat.
2. Jehoshaphat set up judges in all the cities of Judah. They're to be true judges of God.
3. He has the Levites to judge in Jerusalem. Wants things done according to the ways of God.
II Chronicles 20.
    When there seems no way out.

1. The Moabites and the Ammonites come against Jehoshaphat to battle.
2. This chapter is a must read one. Our leaders of today could take lessons from Jehoshaphat.
3. Even after all God did for Jehoshaphat, he joins himself to Ahaziah, a wicked king of Israel.
II Chronicles 21.
1. Jehoshaphat dies and his son Jehoram reigns in his stead.
2. Jehoram is an evil king. So bad, that he has all his brothers killed.
3. His wife was the daughter of king Ahab. Another bad king.
4. Edom and Libnah revolt because Jehoram forsakes God.
5. He receives a writing from Elijah the prophet who may have been taken in a chariot of fire already. Did he write this down before his departure or did it come from the other side?  A prophecy about him, his soon to be sickness, and death.
6. The Philistines and the Arabians came to Judah and carried away all the property of Jehoram, along with his wives and sons, with the exception of Jehoahaz, the youngest.
7. After eight years as king, Jehoram dies, with no sorrow of anyone. A very unpopular king.
II Chronicles 22.
1. Ahaziah is made king of Judah. His mother's name is Athaliah.
2. He's an evil king, like Ahab.
3. Joins Jehoram, king of Israel, to war against Syria and is wounded in that war.
4. Jehu kills Ahaziah.
5. When Athaliah, the mother of king Ahaziah, saw that he was dead, she arose and destroyed all the seed royal, so she could reign in his stead. Unknown to her, there was a baby son, (Joash), of Ahaziah that was taken away and hid in the house of the LORD for six years.
II Chronicles 23.
1. Jehoiada, the priest, meets with the leaders of Judah and they decide that Joash should be made king.
2. Joash is crowned king.
3. Athaliah is killed.
4. Jehoiada makes a covenant with all the people and the king, that they should be God's people.
5. All the people go to the house of Baal and tear it down. Altars and all.
6. Jehoiada appoints people to the appropriate offices of the house of God.
7. The people rejoice at the death of Athaliah.
II Chronicles 24.
1. Joash starts his reign over Judah at the age of seven. Jehoiada, the priest, looked out for him. He was a good king.
2. Joash orders that the house of God be repaired. And that it be done in haste.
3. He orders a chest be placed outside the gate of the entrance of the house of God, where those wanting to contribute could do so.
4. The king and Jehoiada disperse the monies for the materials and to the workers for the rebuilding the temple.
5. After the completion of the temple, there was enough left over to furnish it.
6. Jehoiada, the priest, lived to be one hundred and thirty years old. Upon his death, he was buried with the kings, because he had done good in Israel, both toward God and his house.
7. After the death of Jehoiada, Joash turns to pagan worship.
8. God sent prophets to him but he and the people would not listen. One of the prophets, Joash killed. That prophet was the son of Jehoiada.
9. A small army of Syrians invade and defeat Judah, which had a great military.
10. When the Syrian army leaves, Joash's own servants conspire and kill him for the deaths of the sons of Jehoiada. He was not buried among the prior kings of Judah.
11. Those who conspired against him are listed.
12. Amaziah, the son of Joash, reigns in his stead.
II Chronicles 25.
1. Amaziah starts his reign of Judah at the age of twenty five. He reigns twenty nine years.
2. He puts to death those that conspired and killed his father.
3. Amaziah prepares to fight Edom. He hires one hundred thousand men of Israel to help.
4. A prophet of God tells him to send them home, that God will cause him to be defeated if he uses these soldiers. Amaziah does as the prophet says.
5. Because they were sent home, the soldiers of Israel are mad and kill three thousand of the cities of Judah and take much spoil.
6. Returning from the slaughter of the Edomites, Amaziah brings with him, their little gods, (idols), and starts worshiping them.
7. Amaziah gets a visit from a prophet of God, saying, "Why hast thou sought after the gods of the people, which could not deliver their own people out of thine hand?" Amaziah ignores him. The prophet gives him another little message from God.
8. Amaziah really gets bold, and by messenger, asked Joash, (king of Israel), to do battle. Joash returns a riddle and advises Amaziah not to be boastful and to stay at home. Amaziah doesn't listen. They go into battle and, boy!, does Joash and the army of Israel teach Amaziah a good lesson.
9. Amaziah flees to Lachish. They send to Lachish and slay him there. His body is returned and buried with his fathers of Judah.
II Chronicles 26.
1. Uzziah, the son of Amaziah, is made king at the age of sixteen. His reign lasted fifty two years. He does right in the sight of the Lord, and he sought after God in the days of Zechariah, who had understanding in the visions of God.
2. He defeats the Philistines and the Arabians. Becomes very strong and his fame spreads far and wide.
3. He fortifies Jerusalem, and builds a great army.
4. Uzziah is very wealthy and loves agriculture.
5. He does something that was unlawful to God. He assumes the office of the priest. He goes into the temple of God to burn incense. Something that only the offspring of Aaron is allowed to do. For doing this, God strikes him with leprosy. His son Jotham rules over Uzziah's house until his death, then he's made king.
II Chronicles 27.
1. Jotham begins his reign of Judah at the age of twenty five, and reigns sixteen years.
2. He does right in the sight of the Lord, yet he never entered the temple of God.
3. He built cities, castles, and towers.
4. He defeats the Ammonites and collects taxes from them.
5. Jotham dies and Ahaz reigns in his stead.
II Chronicles 28.
1. Ahaz begins his reign at the age of twenty, and reigns sixteen years. He's an evil king, worshiping idols, etc. He even offered up his children as a burnt sacrifice in the valley of Hinnom.
2. God delivers him into the hand of the king of Syria, who takes lots of captives.
3. God also delivers him into the hand of Israel. His son, Maaseiah, is slain and they take captive two hundred thousand women, sons and daughters.
4. God sends O'-ded the prophet, to warn Israel about the taking of captives. Tells them to return the captives, and reminds them that they are full of sin also.
5. So Israel treats the captives good and return them to their homes.
6. The Edomites and the Philistines attack Judah.
7. Ahaz pays Assyria to help, but they don't.
8. With all this distress, Ahaz trespasses more against God. Worships almost everything, builds altars in every corner of Jerusalem, and spreads  this, to all the cities of Judah.
9. Ahaz dies, but is not buried with the former kings of Judah. His son, Hezekiah, reigns in his stead.
II Chronicles 29.
1. Hezekiah, the son of Ahaz, begins to reign at the age of twenty five. He reigns for twenty nine years.
2. He was a good king, along the order of king David.
3. In the first year of his reign, he ordered the house of the Lord to be reopened, repaired, and cleansed. He assembled the priest and the Levites and told them of his intentions. Had them to first sanctify themselves, then cleanse the temple, (house of the Lord). It took eight days to clean the house alone. Sixteen to complete the entire job.
4. King Hezekiah, along with the rulers of the city, go to the house of the Lord to make a burnt offering and a sin offering for all of Israel. He has musicians and singers prepare themselves in the temple also. As the burnt offering begins, so does the music and song. Just as in the days of king David. After the offering, the king and all that were present bowed themselves and worshipped God.
5. There's a list of how many and what animals offered that day.
6. Hezekiah and all the people rejoice afterwards. All this happened very suddenly. God had prepared the people.
II Chronicles 30.
1. Hezekiah sends messengers, (runners), to all the tribes of Israel, asking them to come to Jerusalem for the Passover. For the reasons stated, it was to take place in the second month of the year, not in the first as usual. In the letters, he ask them to return to worshipping God. Not to be stiffnecked like their fathers and some of the brethren, and that just maybe, the wrath of God would be turned away from them.
2. Some of those who received the letters, laughed the runners to scorn. None the less, there was a great assembly of people from all the tribes, at the Passover.
3. Those that had not cleansed themselves, Hezekiah prayed for God to allow them pardon, and for them to be able to partake of the food of the Passover. God agrees to do so.
4. The feast lasted seven days. After taking counsel, they remain another seven days. There were lots of praising God, singing, music, and teaching of the good knowledge of God.
5. There was great joy in Jerusalem, for since the time of king Solomon, there had not been the like.
II Chronicles 31.
1. When the Passover was finished, all Israel that was present went to all the cities of Judah and destroyed any and all signs of pagan worship.
2. Hezekiah appoints the courses, (divisions), of the priest and Levites. Returns all things as set forth by God.
3. People start tithing so much that Hezekiah commands chambers to be built in order to store it all. He appoints overseers for it.
4. The things that Hezekiah did, he did with all his heart, and he prospered.
II Chronicles 32.
1. The army of Sennacherib, king of Assyria, comes against Judah and encamped there. They intend to take the city.
2. They do a lot of bragging about how they're going to take the city. How no other cities were able to stand before them. How there was no god that could deliver out of their hands, including the God of Israel. Sennacherib wrote letters to be read to the people of Judah, speaking bad things about the God of Israel.
3. Hezekiah has the people divert the water supply that's outside the city to come into the city, so the Assyrian army has no water. They repair the walls and make many weapons for war. He also does another thing. He gathers all his captains of war together and tells them not to worry. Be of good courage. For they have God on their side.
4. Hezekiah and the prophet Isaiah, pray to God. God sends an angel to cut off the Assyrian army. Sennacherib returns to his own home with shame on his face. His own children kill him.
5. Judah was magnified in the sight all the other nations from that day on.
6. Hezekiah gets a severe sickness and prays to God. That story is detailed in the book of II Kings 20.
7. Hezekiah has much riches and honor.
8. He dies and is buried with great honors, and Manasseh, his son, reigns in his stead.
II Chronicles 33.
1. Manasseh begins his reign at the age of twelve, and rules for fifty five years. He was a very evil king. Starting up once again pagan worship. He was so bad that it made Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem to do worse than the heathen. He really, provoked God to anger.
2. God spoke to Manasseh but he would not obey. So God had the army of the Assyrians come and take him captive. It was there that he called upon God. God heard, and brought him again to Jerusalem. Manasseh does away with all the symbols of the pagan worship he had set up. Still, there were those that practiced pagan worship.
3. Manasseh dies and his son, Amon, reigns in his stead. His reign lasted only two years. He was an evil king also. Unlike his father, he would not repent. His servants conspire and kill him.
4. The people of the land slay those that conspired against Amon, and made his son, (Josiah), king.
II Chronicles 34.
1. Josiah becomes king at the age of eight. He reigns for thirty one years. He is a very good king. Walked in way of king David. Neither going to the left or the right.
2. At sixteen, (in the eighth year of his reign), he begins to seek after the God of David. He goes through all Judah and Israel destroying all signs of pagan worship, to the point of turning them to dust. He even burns the bones of the false prophets. In the eighteenth year of his reign, he finished purging all Israel of such things.
3. He has the temple repaired and sets up once more, the worship of God, the way it's supposed to be.
4. Hilkiah, the priest, found the book of the law of God, given by Moses. It's read to the king. Upon hearing the words the king is very upset that they have drifted so far away from God's word. He commands the priests saying, "Go, inquire of the LORD for me, and for them that are left in Israel and in Judah, concerning the words of the book that is found: for great is the wrath of the LORD that is poured out upon us, because our fathers have not kept the word of the LORD, to do after all that is written in this book".
5. The priest go to Huldah, the prophetess, who gives them a message for the king.
6. Josiah reads to all the people the words in the book that was found. He makes a covenant to follow God and his commandments, with all his heart. The people agree to do likewise.
7. In all the days of Josiah, king of Judah, they departed not from following God.
II Chronicles 35.
1. King Josiah keeps the Passover. It's in the eighteenth year of his reign. There was no Passover like to that, kept in Israel from the days of Samuel the prophet. Neither did all the kings of Israel keep such a Passover as Josiah kept.
2. Necho, king of Egypt, came to fight Charchemish, a city by the Euphrates river, in Syria. Josiah goes to meet him in battle. Necho sends ambassadors to Josiah, saying that God has sent him there and for him not to meddle in God's work. Josiah disregards the messengers, and is killed in battle.
3. All Judah mourns. Jeremiah, the prophet, laments Josiah.
II Chronicles 36.
1. The people make Jehoahaz, the son of Josiah, king of Judah. He was twenty three years old and reigned three months. The king of Egypt took Jehoahaz to Egypt, and made his brother, Eliakim, king. He also changed Eliakim's name to Jehoiakim. He started his reign at the age of twenty five and reigned for eleven years. He was an evil king.
2. Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, takes Jehoiakim captive to Babylon, along with all the vessels of the temple, leaving Jehoiachin, (the brother of Jehoiakim), to be king. He's only eight years old and was evil also.
3. After one year Nebuchadnezzar brought Jehoiachin to Babylon, and made Zedekiah, (Jehoiachin's brother), king.
4. Zedekiah is an evil king and rebells against Nebuchadnezzar. Will not listen to any of the prophets of God. Even mocks them.
5. Nebuchadnezzar burns the temple, destroys Jerusalem, and takes the treasures of the house of the Lord and the treasures of the king, along with his princes, to Babylon. Others taken to Babylon were servants.
6. This fulfills the word of the Lord by Jeremiah, the prophet, that they would go into captivity for seventy years.
7. Cyrus, king of Persia, takes over Babylon. States that God has commanded him to build a temple in Jerusalem.

Ezra

Ezra has 10 chapters, 280 verses, and contains 7,441 words. The books of Ezra and Nehemiah were one book in the Jewish canon. Most believe Ezra to be the author.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

Ezra 1.
1. That the word of the Lord, (by the mouth of Jeremiah), might be fulfilled, God stirred up King Cyrus to make a proclamation throughout all his kingdom, and put it in writing, that God had charged him to build a temple at Jerusalem.
2. The chiefest of the fathers of Judah and Benjamin, the priest, and the Levites, along with all those stirred up, go to Jerusalem to build the temple.
3. King Cyrus gives to them all the vessels of the temple which Nebuchadnezzar brought to Babylon from Jerusalem.
Ezra 2.
1. A list of all who returned to Jerusalem from Babylon. A total of 42,360 persons, not including their servants and maids. There were among them two hundred singers, (both men and women).
2. A list of all the animals that returned with them.
3. They all gave, according to their ability, unto the treasure for the work to be done.
Ezra 3.
1. In the seventh month, they set up an altar and offer burnt offerings unto God. They also kept the feast of tabernacles.
2. Money is given from the grant for the purchase of materials and to those who are to lay the foundation of the temple.
3. The foundation is laid and all the people rejoice.
4. Some of the older people, who had seen Solomon's temple, weep aloud when they see the foundation. Others shout aloud for joy.
Ezra 4.
1. Israel refuses help from their adversaries on the building of the temple. Then the adversaries cause lots of trouble, (hired lawyers), etc. throughout the reign of king Cyrus.
2. In the reign of Ahasuerus, they write letters accusing the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem.
3. Finally in the reign of Artaxerxes, king of Persia, they write a letter of complaint to him. He stops all construction of the temple. It will not continue until the second year of the reign of king Darius.
Ezra 5.
1. The prophets Haggai and Zechariah, prophesy to the Jews in the name of the God of Israel. Then Zerubbabel and Jeshua began to build the temple. Some try to get them to stop, but they wont. A letter is written to king Darius of Persia, explaining that Cyrus, (an earlier king), had make a decree for the temple to be built, and that their desire was for him to do a search for that decree.
Ezra 6.
1. King Darius has a search made for such a decree. Not only is one found, but it describes how the temple is to be built and that the expenses are to be paid by the king's house.
2. King Darius also commands that the hindering of the construction of the temple, be stopped. He also decrees that a tax be put on those doing the hindering, in order to pay for the construction.
3. Darius also makes a decree that anyone who alters his word be hanged from a timber taken from that person's house. Also he states for the work to be done speedily.
4. The temple was finished in the sixth year of the reign of king Darius.
5. With much joy, a dedication of the temple is made.
6. All the rules for the operations of the temple were set up per the instructions written in the books of Moses.
7. The children of the captivity keep the Passover on the fourteenth day of the first month of the year.
Ezra 7.
1. The genealogy of Ezra back to Aaron.
2. Artaxerxes, king of Persia, grants all that Ezra request of him.
3. Ezra along with others leave Babylon for Jerusalem on the first day of the first month, and arrive in Jerusalem on the first day of the fifth month. He had prepared his heart to seek the law of the Lord and to teach in Israel, statutes and judgments.
4. Artaxerxes issues a decree concerning all the people of Israel, who on their own freewill, want to return to Jerusalem. He also makes a decree that whatsoever Ezra shall require, be done speedily, and that whatever God has required for the temple, be done. Also it shall not be lawful to tax the priest, Levites, singers, porters, Nethinims, or ministers of the house of God.
5. Ezra is to set up magistrates and judges to judge the people.
6. Ezra gives thanks to God for allowing him and the people to return to Jerusalem.
Ezra 8.
1. A list of the chiefs of the fathers, and their genealogy, that left Babylon and returned to Jerusalem, with Ezra.
2. On their way to Jerusalem, Ezra realizes there are no sons of Levi, (Levitical priest). He sends for some of them. Men of understanding.
3. Ezra proclaims a fast and ask God to help them against the enemy along the way. He was ashamed to ask the king for some soldiers, for he had told the king that God would protect them. God granted his prayer.
4. Ezra assigns twelve of the priest to protect the treasures along the way.
5. Ezra and his followers arrive in Jerusalem. On the fourth day an accounting of all the valuables was done. Also, all that returned from captivity in Babylon, offered burnt offerings to the God of Israel.
Ezra 9.
1. Some of the princes inform Ezra, that there are lots of the people who have intermarried with the Pagans. This is very troubling to Ezra, for God had warned the people not to do this.
2. Ezra has a long talk with God about this matter.
Ezra 10.
1. The people confess the improper marriages, and want to make a covenant with God to put away the wives and offspring of those marriages.
2. Ezra has all agree to do this thing.
3. A proclamation is made for all those that had been in the captivity to gather at Jerusalem, and if they would not, they would be separated from the congregation.
4. All the people of Judah and Benjamin gather at Jerusalem and are very nervous about the matter.
5. Ezra asked them to make confessions unto God and to do what would please Him.
6. Those who had taken Pagan wives were to come at appointed times before the elders and judges to conclude the matter. It would take some time to do this in an orderly manner.
7. The names of those whom had taken Pagan wives are listed. To some of which, children were born.

Nehemiah

The books of Nehemiah and Ezra were one book in the Jewish canon. Most believe Ezra to be the author. Nehemiah has 13 chapters, 406 verses, and contains 10,483 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

Nehemiah 1.
1. Nehemiah, the prophet, gets word of the great affliction of those who were at Jerusalem. He prays to God about the matter. Nehemiah was the cup bearer to king Artaxerxes.
Nehemiah 2.
1. As Nehemiah was performing his duties, the king notices his sad countenance and asked why was he so. Nehemiah tells him of the conditions of Jerusalem. The king asked Nehemiah, what was his request. Nehemiah ask the king for permission to go and rebuild Jerusalem. He also asked the king for letters to show to those in authority, that he may pass through in peace. Also wants the king to supply timbers from the forest. The king grants him his request, and sends some of his military with him.
2. Upon seeing the letters from the king, some of the governors of lands around Jerusalem didn't like it.
3. Nehemiah has told no one what God has in mind for him to do. He goes by night to inspect the ruins.
4. Nehemiah reveals to some what he's there for, and that the hand of God is good upon him. They start to rebuild the city.
5. When the governors of lands around Jerusalem hear of it, they laugh them to scorn and despised them.
6. Nehemiah's answer to them is that they have no portion, right, nor memorial in Jerusalem.
Nehemiah 3.
1. A description of the rebuilding of the wall of Jerusalem, along with who did what and where.
Nehemiah 4.
1. Nehemiah tells of the circumstances the builders of the wall had to endure. There were adversaries that didn't want Jerusalem rebuilt. One half of the people worked on the wall while the other half stood watch and ready for war at all times. The one half that was working on the wall, kept their weapons ready also.
Nehemiah 5.
1. Those in power of Judah at the time, had been taxing the people and charging usury, (interest). Requiring so much from them that it was oppression. When Nehemiah was made aware of this, he became very angry and put a stop to such.
Nehemiah 6.
1. The enemies try to put fear into Nehemiah. They want to meet with him. One of them, sends to Nehemiah, a letter claiming that Nehemiah just wants to be king, trying to antagonize.
2. Nehemiah pays no mind to these attempts and goes on with the work.
3. The wall was finished in fifty two days, making the heathen round about think that God had done the work.
4. There were many in Judah at the time, that were loyal to the enemy. It was through them, that messages went back and forth between the enemy and Nehemiah.
Nehemiah 7.
1. When the wall was finished and the porters, singers, and the Levites were appointed, Nehemiah puts his brother Hanani and Hananiah, (the ruler of the palace), in charge over Jerusalem. Gave them instructions on the opening and closing of the gate and the setting up of watchmen.
2. Nehemiah goes over the register of the genealogy of them that returned to Jerusalem from Babylon. It not only list the people, but the animals and treasures brought with them.
Nehemiah 8.
1. All the people gather together and ask Ezra to bring the book of the law of Moses. This was on the first day of the seventh month. Ezra reads to them from the morning till mid-day. All were attentive.
2. As it was read to them, there were those of the priesthood who explained the meaning thereof, and they were made to understand.
3. The people wept as they heard the words of the law. Nehemiah tells them not to be sorry. The people go their way and are happy because they understood the word.
4. They keep the feast seven days, and each day, Nehemiah read from the book of the law of God.
Nehemiah 9.
1. The children of Israel hold a fast and confess their sins. They read the books of Moses for one fourth part of the day. They worshipped and made confessions for a fourth part of the day.
2. The priest and the Levites pray to God. Giving Him great honor and glory. The prayer is about how God dealt with the children in the wilderness, while on their journey from Egypt. About the miracles, and how they would turn from God and He would chastise them. How they would repent and He would help them. Over and over.
3. Because of all this the people make a sure covenant, and write it; and the princes, Levites, and priests, seal it.
Nehemiah 10.
1. The names of those who seal, (or sign), the covenant.
2. Those who don't seal, (or sign), make a vow to walk in the ways of God. To keep his commandments and statutes.
3. They set up and vow to keep the things pertaining to keeping of the house, (temple), of God, first fruits, tithes, etc, and that they will not forsake the house of God.
Nehemiah 11.
1. The rulers of the people dwell at Jerusalem. The rest of the people cast lots to bring one of ten to dwell in Jerusalem, the holy city, and nine parts to dwell in other cities.
Nehemiah 12.
1. A list of those who went up with Zerubbabel.
2. A very detailed account of the dedication of the walls that had been rebuilt.
3. The restoration of some of the offices of the temple. Done according to the commandments of king David and King Solomon.
Nehemiah 13.
1. It's read in the books of Moses that the Ammonite and the Moabites should not come into the congregation forever. Because they met not the children of Israel with bread and with water, but hired Balaam against them, that he should curse them. So they separated from Israel all the mixed multitude.
2. Nehemiah explains how Eliashib, the priest, prepared for Tobiah, a private chamber, (living quarters), in the house of God. Nehemiah throws all of Tobiah's stuff out of the temple, had it cleansed, and brought in the vessels of the house of God.
3. Nehemiah also makes note that things were not being done as they were suppose to be. Most everything in disorder. Out of step with God's law. It doesn't take Nehemiah too long to set things in order.

Esther

Esther has 10 chapters, 167 verses, and contains 5,637 words. The author of this book is unkown.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

Esther 1.
1. Ahasuerus, (king of Persia), known also as Artaxerxes, in the third year of his reign has a great feast, which lasted one hundred eighty days.
2. On the seventh day of the feast, while the king was under the influence of wine, he sent servants for his wife, queen Vashti, to come and display her beauty before the people and the princes. She refused. The king gets mad. After consulting with his so called, wise men, and taking their advice, which is to ban his wife, the queen, from ever coming before the king and to give her estate to another who is better than she. This is done to teach all the women of the kingdom, to honor their husbands.
Esther 2.
1. When the king's anger was ceased, his servants suggested that a fair young virgin be found for the king. So a search for the most beautiful young women of the kingdom was made. Kinda like a modern day beauty contest.
2. Esther, whose Jewish name was Ha-das-sah, had no parents, but was raised by Mordecai, her cousin. At Mordecai's request Esther does not reveal that she's Jewish.
3. After a very lengthy process, the king chooses Esther to be his wife, queen of Persia.
4. An attempt to kill the king is prevented by Mordecai.
Esther 3.
1. The king promotes Haman to be over all the princes, and that all should bow and reverence him. Mordecai neither bows nor gives him reverence. This makes Haman very mad.
2. Upon learning that Mordecai is a Jew, Haman sets out to destroy not only Mordecai, but all the Jews. Remember, the king's wife is a Jew.
3. Haman convinces the king to exterminate all the Jews in his kingdom. Even offers to pay the king. Letters are sent to every province containing the date when this order is to be executed.
Esther 4.
1. Upon hearing of the king's order Mordecai is very grieved and came before the king's gate in sackcloth and ashes. No one was allowed to enter if they were dressed as such. Also when all the Jews heard this news, there was much fasting, weeping, and wailing.
2. Esther gets the news that Mordecai is at the gate and sends him some proper clothing, which he refuses. So she sends a messenger to Mordecai and ask what this was all about.
3. Any one who comes before the king without being called there is to be put to death. Including his wife.
4. Upon learning of what the king has decreed, Esther sends a message to Mordecai, telling him to have all the people gather together and fast for her, for three days, and that she and her handmaids will do the same. Then she will go in to see the king, and if she dies, she dies.
5. Mordecai does what Esther request of him.
Esther 5.
1. Esther goes in to see the king. He grants her permission and tells her that all she desires will be hers, to half the kingdom.
2. She asked for the king and Haman to come to a banquet that she has prepared for them, and then she would tell her desires. The king agrees and has Haman to do likewise.
3. Haman goes home and brags of his promotion and that he and the king only, are to be in the presence of the queen, at the banquet. He passes Mordecai on the way home and gets no reverence. Haman plans to talk to the king prior to the banquet about having Mordecai hanged. He even has a gallows made.
Esther 6.
1. The king can't sleep and has the book of the Chronicles read to him. The part about Mordecai saving the king's life was read and the king asked, "What honor and dignity has been done to Mordecai for this"? None, is the reply.
2. My intent for these brief outlines is to put the desire in your heart to read the Bible. You just gotta read this chapter. You'll get a kick out of this. Ole Haman really gets put in his place. Remember, Ole Haman is going to have the king give the order to hang Mordecai.
3. Haman tells his wife and friends what has happened and they give a bad prediction for him.

Esther 7.
1. The king and Haman attend Esther's banquet.
2. The king asked Esther again, what it is that she wants. She tells of how she and her people have been sold and ordered to be put to death, and that if they were to be sold into bondage she would not have said a word.
3. The king asked, who is he, and where is he, that assumes in his heart to do such a thing? Esther answers, "The adversary and the enemy is this wicked Haman". The king gets mad. Ole Haman gets sad. Remember the gallows that Haman had prepared, for Mordecai?
Esther 8.
1. The king gives to Esther, the house of Haman. Esther tells the king of her kinship to Mordecai.
2. The king takes the ring that he had given Haman, and gives it to Mordecai. Esther then sets Mordecai over the house of Haman.
3. Esther asked the king to reverse the order to destroy the Jews. He tells her and Mordecai to write up what they want and to seal it with his ring. That it would not be reversed.
4. Then was written, giving the Jews permission to destroy those that had intended to destroy them.
5. Mordecai went out from the presence of the king in royal apparel of blue and white, and with a great crown of gold, and with a garment of fine linen and purple: and the city of Shushan rejoiced and was glad.
Esther 9.
1. Mordecai becomes great in the king's house and throughout all the land.
2. Those who wanted the Jews destroyed, are themselves destroyed, and there were many. The ten sons of Haman are hanged.
3. The Jews have a great feast and send gifts one to another. Mordecai declares it to be the feast of Purim and that it's to be held each year.
Esther 10.
1. King Ahasuerus levied a tax on the land.
2. Mordecai the Jew, was next unto king Ahasuerus, and great among the Jews, and accepted of the multitude of his brethren, seeking the wealth, (or good), of his people, and speaking peace to all his seed.

Job

The author of this book is not known, and the date written is uncertain. Job has 42 chapters, 1,070 verses, and contains 10,102 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come

Job 1.
1. Job is from the land of Uz. He has seven sons and three daughters, and was a very wealthy man. The greatest of all the men of the East.
2. He was a devout man. So sincere was he that if he even thought his children may have sinned, he made burnt offerings to God on their behalf. This he did continually.
3. The sons of God, (angels), presented themselves before the Lord and Satan came also. God asked Satan if he had ever considered Job. Satan tells God that if He would touch Job's possessions that he would curse Him to His face.
4. God gives permission for Satan to afflict Job. The only exception was that he could not harm Job's body.
5. Satan, (with God's permission), using different methods, (one of which is fire from heaven), have all of Job's substance either destroyed or stolen. All his children are killed.
6. There are two old sayings that I believe came out of this chapter. (Naked, came I into the world, and naked, shall I return). (The Lord giveth and the Lord taketh away).
6. Through all this Job sinned not, nor did he accuse God.
Job 2.
1. Once again, the sons of God, (angels), presented themselves before the Lord and Satan came also. God asked Satan if he had ever considered Job. Satan tells God that if He would touch Job's flesh body, that he would curse Him to His face.
2. God allows Satan to afflict Job's body, but that he could not take his life. Job is afflicted with sore boils from the top of his head to the soles of his feet.
3. Job's wife tells him to curse God and die. Through all this Job remains loyal to God.
4. After hearing of Job's affliction, three of his friends, come to mourn with him. Job's physical appearance was such that they didn't recognize him. His grief was such, that they sat with him seven days and nights before they even spoke.
Job 3.
1. Finally, Job begins to talk. He gives a long list of reasons why it would have been better for him not to have been born, or have died at childbirth.
Job 4.
1. Eliphaz, (one of Job's visiting friends), begins to rebuke Job, insisting that he must have done something wrong, and that, was the reason for all this to come upon him.
Job 5.
1. Eliphaz continues his chastisement of Job. Indicating that he's a foolish man and that he should call upon God.
Job 6.
1. Job defends himself, his actions, and has a few choice words of wisdom for ole Eliphaz.
2. Job states that when someone is afflicted, that a friend will show pity, but they dig a pit for their friend. He really gives them a good tongue lashing.
Job 7.
1. Job has a heart to heart talk with God. Objecting to the things he's going through. To sum it up, it would go something like this. Why are you doing this to me? And if I have done something wrong, why do you not pardon me? Job does this in front of his three friends. Friends??
Job 8.
1. Now comes Bildad, (one of the three friends), chiming in just like Eliphaz. Accusing Job of, I guess, turning away from God.
2. He makes some very harsh statements concerning Job. Kinda like, If Job had been praying and seeking God early, he would be prospering instead of having all these problems.
Job 9.
1. In answer to Bildad, Job gives God great praise and glory. How majestic God is, and how little man is. This one verse could best sum up this chapter.

Job 9:20 If I justify myself, mine own mouth shall condemn me: if I say, I am perfect, it shall also prove me perverse.

Job 10.
1. Again Job questions God about his condition. Beginning to have some self pity.
Job 11.
1. Now Zophar, (the third friend), begins to chastise Job. Accuses him of lying and that God is not demanding as much from him, as is required for his sins.
2. Tells Job to put away his sins and not to allow wickedness to dwell in his home.
Job 12.
1. Job really gives his three, so called, friends a good talking to. Kinda puts them in their place. He starts out like this.

Job 12:1 And Job answered and said,
Job 12:2 No doubt but ye are the people, and wisdom shall die with you.
Job 12:3 But I have understanding as well as you; I am not inferior to you: yea, who knoweth not such things as these?

2. To me, Job then suggest that one could learn more from nature itself, than from them.
3. Job gives more glory and honor to God, and how in charge He is over everything and everyone.
Job 13.
1. Again Job defends himself of their words. Tell them that they are forgers of lies.
2. Job tells them to hold their peace, let him alone, and that he will maintain his own ways before God. That God will be his salvation and that a hypocrite shall not come before Him.
3. Since they know so much, Job asked them.

Job 13:23 How many are mine iniquities and sins? Make me to know my transgression and my sin.

Job 14.
1. Job speaks of some of the woes of life in the flesh. A few sample verses.

Job 14:1 Man that is born of a woman is of few days, and full of trouble.
Job 14:2 He cometh forth like a flower, and is cut down: he fleeth also as a shadow, and continueth not.
Job 14:4 Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? Not one.
Job 14:7 For there is hope of a tree, if it be cut down, that it will sprout again, and that the tender branch thereof will not cease.
Job 14:8 Though the root thereof wax old in the earth, and the stock thereof die in the ground;
Job 14:9 Yet through the scent of water it will bud, and bring forth boughs like a plant.
Job 14:10 But man dieth, and wasteth away: yea, man giveth up the ghost, and where is he?

Job 15.
1. Ole Eliphaz really comes down on Job. Telling him that his knowledge is vain, his talk is unprofitable, wont call upon God in prayer, and that it's not Eliphaz that condemns him, but his own lips.
2. He ask Job, if he thinks he is the first man that was born, or did God make him, before He made anything else?
3. Eliphaz goes on like this for a while. Ole Eliphaz toots his own horn. Wants Job to pay attention to him. Like this verse I have enclosed. Eliphaz talking.

Job 15:17 I will show thee, hear me; and that which I have seen I will declare;

Job 16.
1. Job answers Eliphaz, and the other two. Tells them that they are miserable comforters and asked if their vain words will ever end.
2. Job states that if they were in his condition, that he could speak as they do, but that he would not. His words would be encouraging and help to relieve their grief.
3. Job complains of how he's being treated, and that it's not because of any injustice he's done, and that his prayers are pure.
4. He states that both his witness and record, is in heaven, and that his friends scorn him.
Job 17.
1. Job continues, talking to God and to these three, so called friends. He appears to be in a very low state of self-esteem, saying that he has become a byword among the people. He tells the three that there is no wise man among them.
Job 18.
1. Ole Bildad takes another turn at Job. Ripping him apart verbally. Comparing Job to the wicked, and describing the plight of those that are wicked.
Job 19.
1. Job speaks of the cruelty of his friends. That they have criticized him ten times and that they have been alien toward him.
2. He talks of how God has overthrown him and that there is no justice. That he's been stripped of his glory. His hope is gone. Those closest to him treat him unfairly. Even his wife.
3. Job asked his friends to have pity upon him. He repeats it twice for emphasis.
4. Even in this low state, Job displays his strong faith in God.
Job 20.
1. Now comes ole Zophar again, elaborating on what Bildad had spoken concerning the wicked. You talk about kicking someone while they are down, they keep doing this to poor ole Job. Putting him in the category of the wicked and hypocrites.
Job 21.
1. Job answers them very straight concerning the wicked. Even in this state of being, Job can still come up with some wisdom. Tells his, so called, friends to ask those that are wicked these things. States that their comfort to him is in vain, because their words are full of lies. Ole Job can still dish it out. He ain't nobody's fool.
Job 22.
1. Eliphaz comes at Job once again, accusing him of sin. Even naming some of the sins Job has supposedly committed.
2. Eliphaz begs Job to repent and that he will have plenty of gold and silver. I guess that tells where his heart was.
Job 23.
1. Job states that if he knew where to find God, that he would. And that he would put forth his cause, and that he would understand God's answer.
2. It appears to me that in Job's mind, God is nowhere to be found. But he knows, that God knows where he is, and that when God is through testing him, that he, (Job), will come forth as gold.
3. Job knows and states that he's kept God's ways, and is troubled by what's going on, and that God has appointed this to be upon him.
Job 24.
1. Job talks of the wicked, the things they do, and how it seems that God lets them get away with it. Talks of murderers, thieves, and such as that.
2. Job then talks of how the wicked will be dealt with. They do not escape judgment and will be brought low.
Job 25.
1. Ole Bildad puts in just a little bit more.
Job 26.
1. Job answers Bildad with some more words of wisdom. Tells Bildad that he has no power, strength, nor wisdom.
2. Job then praises God. Tells that God hangeth the earth on nothing. How God set the bounds of the waters with the shore line.
Job 27.
1. Job continues and states that he will not speak wickedness nor utter deceit, that he will keep his integrity, and hold fast to his righteousness.
2. Job speaks of the hope of the hypocrite, when God takes his soul.
3. Speaks of the wicked man and the oppressors, and what they shall receive from the Almighty God.
Job 28.
1. Job talks of wisdom. Where shall it be found? Where is the place of understanding? It's much better than all other riches of the world.
2. Job states that the fear, (or reverence), of the Lord, is wisdom, and to depart from evil is understanding.
Job 29.
1. Job reminisces about his life before this sudden disaster came upon him. When God the Almighty was with him. How he was held in great esteem. He was eyes to the blind, feet to the lame, and help to the poor. People came to him for counsel. No doubt, thinking about life when he was more able to enjoy it.
Job 30.
1. Job talks of how it has become for him since this calamity has come. His respect is gone. Some don't hesitate to spit in his face. Not only do they hurt you physically, they tear at your very soul.
2. I think Job is feeling a little bit sorry for himself. He's really going through a lot.
Job 31.
1. Job talks of his integrity. How he has not done anything to wrong anybody, no vanity, deceit, and things like that, and if he had, then it would be fair for him to be held accountable. Job list several things that it seems man is capable of doing wrong.
2. This verse pretty well sums up the chapter.

Job 31:6 Let me be weighed in an even balance that God may know mine integrity.

3. Job speaks no more to his three friends.
Job 32.
1. Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar, (the three so called friends of Job), stop talking with Job, because they feel that he is being self-righteous.
2. Elihu, (no doubt a young friend of Job's), speaks out. He's mad at Job, and his three friends. Because he is young, he has held his words, and allowed the older ones to speak. He states that great men are not always wise, and they don't always understand judgment.
3. Elihu states that Job justified himself rather than God.
4. He states that all the three friends could say was, they have wisdom.
Job 33.
1. Elihu talks with Job. It appears that he also thinks that Job has done something wrong and needs to repent.
Job 34.
1. Elihu continues. Gets a little more bold in his criticism of Job. He states that Job has spoken without knowledge and that his words are without wisdom.
2. It's Elihu's desire that Job be tested right up to the end, because he talks like the wicked.
3. He accuses Job of rebellion towards God.
Job 35.
1. Elihu accuses Job of claiming his righteousness is more than God's.
2. Ole Elihu is going to tell Job, and his three friends, just how it is. He has all the answers.
3. He claims that God has visited Job in anger, and that Job opens his mouth in vain, and has no knowledge.
Job 36.
1. This man Elihu is really something. He now has the floor and he continues for six chapters. I think the first four verses in this chapter pretty well sums up not only this chapter but Elihu in general.

Job 36:1 Elihu also proceeded, and said,
Job 36:2 Suffer me a little, and I will show thee that I have yet to speak on God's behalf.
Job 36:3 I will fetch my knowledge from afar, and will ascribe righteousness to my Maker.
Job 36:4 For truly my words shall not be false: he that is perfect in knowledge is with thee.

In other words, The man of perfection is standing before you. Me! Elihu. I can't help but think of those famous words spoken by John Paul Jones. "I have not yet begun to fight". But here, Elihu is saying, I have not yet begun to talk.
Job 37.
1. In this chapter, Elihu seems to make more sense and appears to give God credit for all sorts of wondrous things. He's really just trying to put Job in his place. Refers to God as being perfect in knowledge. But remember, in chapter 36, he himself was perfect in knowledge.
2. One has to be careful on interpreting chapter 4 through chapter 37. Most of what these four men have to say to Job, is nothing more than criticism. Like a lot of super preachers of today, they can make it sound good.
3. One thing to remember is that we know the whole story. Job knows he did nothing wrong. Those four men didn't know that. Another thing to remember is, at the very beginning of the book, God ask Satan, "Have you considered my servant Job?"

Job 1:8 And the LORD said unto Satan, Hast thou considered my servant Job, that there is none like him in the earth, a perfect and an upright man, one that feareth God, and escheweth evil?

Job 38.
1. Finally after thirty seven chapters of Job's misery, feeling sorry for himself, complaining, and putting up with the four know it all's, God shows up on the scene. If you think the four friends gave Job a hard time, God really straightens him out.
2. God tells Job that those men darkeneth counsel, with their words without knowledge. I think He's ticked off at Job for listening to them.
3. God tells Job to stand up and act like a man. He's gonna ask him some questions, and if Job's so smart, how about answering them.
4. God really starts giving Job some lessons of just how ignorant he and all of mankind is.
5. God makes reference to the future. A battle where hail plays an important role.
Job 39.
1. God continues His challenge for Job to answer His questions. All the questions asked by God is enough to make anyone realize that no matter how smart we think we are, there is an intelligence so far greater than ours, that we can only wonder at.
Job 40.
1. Job is finally getting the picture. He's greatly humbled and has no answers for God.
2. God isn't through with Job. Tells him again to stand like a man, that He has more questions for him. Can you do this? Can you do that?
3. God describes what can be none other than a dinosaur.
Job 41.
1. God seems to compare himself to Leviathan. How nothing is greater in power than He.
Job 42.
1. Job answers God. Admits to uttering words he didn't understand. Things too wonderful for him to even know.
2. Job despises himself for the way he has acted and repents.
3. God commands Job's three friends to offer up burnt offerings and to ask Job to pray for them.
4. After Job prays for them, God removes Job's troubles and gives to him, twice as much as he had prior.

Psalms

Psalms has 150 Chapters, 2,461 verses, and contains 43,743 words. Two thirds of the 150 Psalms, have various authors. The rest are not known. Seventy three are attributed to king David. After careful studying of the Psalms written by David, one can't help but come to a better understanding as to why God chose David, (a man after God's own heart).

1 Sam 13:14 But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him to be captain over his people, because thou hast not kept that which the LORD commanded thee.

I believe that God had David record, (in writing), his inner-most thoughts, feelings, and prayers so that we, when reading them, could come to a better understanding of just what God wants from us, on an individual basis. In fact, Psalms 102:18, makes that statement. It's plain to see that king David depended totally upon God for everything, and was constantly giving Him great praise and honor. It appears to me that David was so close to God and God to him, that when David felt that God might have His mind on something else, and David is left to fend for himself a little bit, that David would immediately call upon God and say something like, "Where are You"? Although David's Psalms contain his inner-most thoughts, feelings, and prayers, they are also full of prophecies. The New Testament declares that David was a prophet.

Acts 2:29 Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day.
Acts 2:30 Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne;

Psalms is divided into five books. The five books of Moses. Book I is Genesis. Book II is Exodus. Book III is Leviticus.  Book IV is Numbers. Book V is Deuteronomy.

BOOK I

Psalm 1.
1. Those who delight in the law God shall be as a tree planted by the water, and shall prosper. Not so with the ungodly. They shall perish.
Psalm 2.
1.
* Why do the heathen rage? This entire Psalm makes reference to Jesus Christ when He returns to rule from Mount Zion, with a rod of iron.
Psalm 3.
1. A Psalm of David, when he fled from Absalom, his son.
2. David prays and ask God to save him.
Psalm 4.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth, A Psalm of David, no doubt praying at bed time. God has put gladness in his heart, and he will lay down to sleep in peace and safety.
Psalm 5.
1. To the chief Musician upon Nehiloth, A Psalm of David. A morning prayer asking God to lead him in His righteousness. Asking God to destroy his enemies.
Psalm 6.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth upon Sheminith, A Psalm of David, praying for mercy, because he is weak. Ask God to deliver his soul.
2. David is very weary from all his enemies.
3. David states that God has heard and answered his prayer.
Psalm 7.
1. Shiggaion of David, which he sang unto the LORD, concerning the words of Cush the Benjamite, asking God to save him from those that persecute him, and if he's done wrong, let the enemy tread down his life upon the earth.
2. He ask God to judge him according to his righteousness and integrity.
3. The wicked's mischief will return upon his own head.
4. David will sing praise to the Lord Most High.
Psalm 8.
1. To the chief Musician upon Gittith, A Psalm of David, giving praise and glory to God. When he considers all God has done, he wonders what is man, and why He is mindful of him. How God gave him dominion over the earth.
Psalm 9.
1. To the chief Musician upon Muthlabben, A Psalm of David, stating that God sits in the throne and judges right and shall endure forever. That God is a refuge for the oppressed.
2. The wicked, along with all the nations that forget God, will be turned into hell.
Psalm 10.
1. This chapter describes the wicked, how they work, and how they think.
2. God is asked to overthrow them.
Psalm 11.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David. In God, David puts his trust. The wicked, secretly, aim their arrows at the upright's heart, (or mind).
2. God test the righteous, but the wicked, His soul hateth.
Psalm 12.
1. To the chief Musician upon Sheminith, A Psalm of David. Tells of those with flattering lips and a double heart, (or mind). The words of God are pure.
Psalm 13.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, asking God, "How long? How long? How long?"
Psalm 14.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David. The fool saith in his heart, there is no God.
2. There is none that doeth good.
3.
* I believe verse 7, makes reference to Jesus Christ.
Psalm 15.
1. A Psalm of David. It tells who will dwell in the tabernacle of God, on His holy mountain.
Psalm 16.
1. Michtam, (or a poem), of David, asking God to preserve him.
2. Those that worship other gods will have their sorrows multiplied.
3.
* Verses 10 and 11, I believe make reference to Jesus Christ.
Psalm 17.
Psa 17:8 Keep me as the apple of the eye, hide me under the shadow of thy wings,
Psa 17:9 From the wicked that oppress me, from my deadly enemies, who compass me about.
Psalm 18.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, the servant of the LORD, who spake unto the LORD the words of this song in the day that the LORD delivered him from the hand of all his enemies, and from the hand of Saul: And he said, I will love thee, O LORD, my strength.
2.
* Verses 25 and 26, explains how God reveals himself to different types of persons. The merciful, the upright, the pure, and the froward.
3. For all of David's accomplishments, he gives the entire credit to God.
Psalm 19.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, stating that the heavens declare the glory of God, and that the laws of God are perfect.
2. David ask that his words, and the meditation of his mind, be acceptable to God.
Psalm 20.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, stating that some trust in chariots, and some in horses: but we will remember the name of the LORD our God.
Psalm 21.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, giving praise to God. Refers to God's strength, salvation, and mercy.
2. Describes what's going to happen to the enemies of God.
Psalm 22.
1.
* To the chief Musician upon Aijeleth Shahar, A Psalm of David. This entire chapter is the prophecy of the crucifixion of Jesus. This was written approximately one thousand years prior to the actual event, and contains very detailed descriptions. Read Matthew 27, Mark 15, Luke 23, and John 19 for verification.
Psalm 23.
1. A Psalm of David. That famous Psalm that most all Christians learn as a child. The LORD is my shepherd; I shall not want.
Psalm 24.
1. A Psalm of David. Who is the King of glory?
Psalm 25.
1. A Psalm of David, asking God to lead him, teach him, and bring him out of his distresses. To consider his enemies, which are many, and to redeem Israel.
Psalm 26.
1. A Psalm of David, asking God to judge, examine, and prove him. This Psalm describes the certainty of David's faith in God. One can understand why it is written, that God hath sought him a man after his own heart. That man being David.
Psalm 27.
1. A Psalm of David, stating that the Lord is the strength of his life.
2. He desires to dwell in the house of God forever.
3. Reminds God that He said, "Seek ye my face".
4. Wait upon the Lord and be of good courage.
Psalm 28.
1. A Psalm of David, asking God to hear him when he prays.
2. He ask God to give to the wicked, just what they deserve.
3. David ask God to save His people.
Psalm 29.
1. A Psalm of David, giving praise and honor to the power of the voice of God.
Psalm 30.
1. A Psalm and Song at the dedication of the house of David.
2. David states that God has turned his mourning into gladness, and that he will give thanks to Him for ever.
Psalm 31.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, asking God to let him never be ashamed and into God's hand, David commits his spirit.
2. David puts his trust in God. It's repeated.
3. Ask God again to let him be not ashamed, but to let the wicked be ashamed, and lying lips put to silence.
4. Strongly advises others to love God and to be of good courage.
Psalm 32.
1. A Psalm of David, Maschil, (instructive). Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered.
2. Many sorrows shall be to the wicked: but he that trusteth in the LORD, mercy shall compass him about.
3. David advises to be glad in the Lord, and rejoice.
Psalm 33.
1. Praise God with music and singing.
2. By the word of God was everything made.
3. God looks from heaven upon all of mankind.
Psalm 34.
1. A Psalm of David, when he changed his behaviour before Abimelech.
2. David states, "I will bless the LORD at all times: his praise shall continually be in my mouth".
3. David advises to depart from evil, do good, and seek peace.
4.
* Psa 34:20 He keepeth all his bones: not one of them is broken. Reference to Jesus.
Psalm 35.
1. A Psalm of David, praying for God to help with his enemies, both physical and verbal.
2.
* Verses 11 and 12 make reference to Jesus Christ.
Psalm 36.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, the servant of the LORD.
2. The wicked deviseth mischief upon his bed.
3. God's loving-kindness.
4. The children of men put their trust under the shadow of God's wings.
5. The workers of iniquity shall fall and not rise.
Psalm 37.
1. A Psalm of David. Don't be jealous or envy those that succeed by wickedness. They will be cut down as the grass.
2. Those that wait upon the Lord shall inherit the earth.
3. The wicked shall perish. Compares their destruction to being like the fat of a lamb as it's being cooked over a fire.
4. More comparisons of the upright and the wicked.
Psalm 38.
1. A Psalm of David, pouring his heart out to God. Asking not to be chastised or rebuked while God is angry.
2. David reveals some of his inner-most and personal feelings.
Psalm 39.
1. To the chief Musician, even to Jeduthun, A Psalm of David, talking to God about trying to hold his tongue but sometimes he just can't.
2. David wants to know the end of his days, how frail he will be, and what awaits him. He states that his hope is in God, and that every man at his best state, is altogether vanity.
Psalm 40.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, waiting patiently for the Lord.
2. God's thoughts toward us, are more than can be numbered.
3. God does not desire sacrifice or burnt offering.
4.
* Verse 7, I believe refers to Jesus. Then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me. See Hebrews 10:7.
Psalm 41.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David. God will bless those that remember the poor and needy.
2.
* Verse 9, makes reference to Jesus Christ, and I think his betrayal by Judas.

BOOK II

Psalm 42.
1. To the chief Musician, Maschil, for the sons of Korah.
2. David has a great longing for God.
3. Although his soul is sometimes depressed, David reminds himself to put his hope in God.
Psalm 43.
1. A prayer to be delivered from an undgodly nation, from the deceitful, and unjust.
Psalm 44.
1. To the chief Musician for the sons of Korah. A Maschil.
2. How God was the one who delivered his people in olden times, and not the people. And that it's God that will deliver them now. No trust will be put in the bow nor sword to save them, but only in God.
3. It seems that God is letting them go it alone in battle, and David is asking God to wake up. Why do you sleep O Lord? Arise and help us.
Psalm 45.
1. To the chief Musician upon Shoshannim, for the sons of Korah, Maschil, A Song of loves.
2.
* This Psalm is very descriptive of the King, (capital K). I believe most of it refers to Jesus Christ, King of Kings.
Psalm 46.
1. To the chief Musician for the sons of Korah, A Song upon Alamoth.
2. God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble.
3. Come, behold the works of the LORD.
4. Be still, and know that I am God.
Psalm 47.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm for the sons of Korah.
2. God is the King of all the earth. He reigns over the heathen.
Psalm 48.
1. A Song and Psalm for the sons of Korah.
2. Mount Zion, on the sides of the north, is the city of the great King. God will establish it for ever.
3. God is our God for ever and ever.
Psalm 49.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm for the sons of Korah, telling all to give ear.
2. Basically, don't put your trust in earthly wealth or fame. You can't take it with you.
3.
* Verse 15 makes reference to Jesus Christ.
Psalm 50.
1. A Psalm of Asaph. God Himself is judge.
2. Again, God indicates that He doesn't like sacrifices and burnt offerings. Every beast of the forest is His, along with the cattle of a thousand hills.
3. God has some things to say regarding the wicked.
Psalm 51.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, when Nathan the prophet came unto him, after he had gone in to Bathsheba.
2. David ask for mercy.
3. In sin did my mother conceive me.
4. God desires truth in the inner most thoughts.
5. David ask God to create in him a clean heart, renew in him a right spirit, and restore unto him the joy of God's salvation.
6. The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit and a broken and contrite heart. (This is the kind of sacrifice God wants).
Psalm 52.
1. To the chief Musician, Maschil, A Psalm of David, when Doeg the Edomite came and told Saul, and said unto him, David is come to the house of Ahimelech.
2. A warning to the boastful, and to those with a deceitful tongue.
Psalm 53.
1. To the chief Musician upon Mahalath, Maschil, A Psalm of David.
2. The fool hath said in his heart, There is no God.
3. There is none that doeth good, no, not one.
4.
* Verse 6, I believe makes reference to the second coming of Christ. Oh that the salvation of Israel were come out of Zion! When God bringeth back the captivity of his people, Jacob shall rejoice, and Israel shall be glad.
Psalm 54.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth, Maschil, A Psalm of David, when the Ziphims came and said to Saul, Doth not David hide himself with us? Save me, O God, by thy name, and judge me by thy strength.
Psalm 55.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth, Maschil, A Psalm of David praying to God. Telling Him about being betrayed by a friend, and asking God to take care of the matter.
2. Verse 21 is what David said about the so-called friend.

Psa 55:21 "The words of his mouth were smoother than butter, but war was in his heart: his words were softer than oil, yet were they drawn swords".

Psalm 56.
1. To the chief Musician upon Jonathelemrechokim, Michtam of David, when the Philistines took him in Gath.
2. In this Psalm one can really see the confidence David has in God.
3. Here, is where in the Bible, it states that God puts our tears into His bottle, and they are recorded in His book.
Psalm 57.
1. To the chief Musician, Altaschith, Michtam of David, when he fled from Saul in the cave.
2. Even though David's friends seem to be his enemies, he remains focused on God. Verse 7, I think, says it all.

Psa 57:7 My heart is fixed, O God, my heart is fixed: I will sing and give praise.

Psalm 58.
1. To the chief Musician, Altaschith, Michtam of David.
2. The righteous and the wicked. The righteous shall rejoice when he seeth the vengeance: he shall wash his feet in the blood of the wicked.
Psalm 59.
1. To the chief Musician, Altaschith, Michtam of David; when Saul sent, and they watched the house to kill him.
2. David is asking God to deliver him from his enemies and consume them, that they may not be.
3. David states that God is his defense and refuge in his day of trouble.
Psalm 60.
1. To the chief Musician upon Shushaneduth, Michtam of David, to teach; when he strove with Aramnaharaim and with Aramzobah, when Joab returned, and smote twelve thousand of Edom in the valley of salt.
2. David, feeling that God has been displeased, ask Him for help in this time of trouble. He states that help from man is vain, but with God they will do valiantly.
Psalm 61.
1. To the chief Musician upon Neginah, A Psalm of David.
2.
* David, asking God to lead him to a Rock that is higher than he. I believe that Rock to be Jesus.
Psalm 62.
1. To the chief Musician, to Jeduthun, A Psalm of David.
2. God is his Rock and salvation.
3. Some people bless with their mouth, but inwardly, they curse.
4. God gives mercy to every man according to his work.
Psalm 63.
1. A Psalm of David, when he was in the wilderness of Judah.
2. Even though David was in a land where there was no water, he still longed for God and gave Him great praise, wanting to see His great power and glory.
Psalm 64.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David.
2. Tells of people who sharpen their tongue like a sword, and words come from their mouths like arrows from the bow.
3. All men shall declare the work of God.
Psalm 65.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm and Song of David.
2. Unto God shall all flesh come.
3. It's God that's in control of what we call nature. Mountains, valleys, pastures, animals, the waters, crops, etc.
Psalm 66.
1. To the chief Musician, A Song or Psalm. Make a joyful noise unto God, all ye lands:
2. Come and see the great works of God
3. God has proved and tried us as silver is tried.
4. David said, "I will pay thee my vows, which my lips have uttered, and my mouth hath spoken, when I was in trouble".
5. David said, "If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me".
Psalm 67.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth, A Psalm or Song.
2. Let the people praise thee, O God; let all the people praise thee.
Let the people praise thee, O God; let all the people praise thee.
Psalm 68.
. To the chief Musician, A Psalm or Song of David.
2. Let the wicked perish at the presence of God, but let the righteous be glad.
3. God is a father to the fatherless, and a judge to the widows.
4. Tells of God going before the children in the wilderness.
5. The hill where God will dwell for ever.
6.
* Verses 17 and 18 makes references to Jesus Christ
7. God's mighty voice.
Psalm 69.
1. To the chief Musician upon Shoshannim, A Psalm of David.
2. David is in distress. He states "Those that hate me without a cause are more than the hairs of mine head and those that would destroy me are mighty".
3. He ask God "Hide not thy face from thy servant; for I am in trouble: hear me speedily".
4.
* Verse 21, makes reference to Jesus hanging on the cross.

Psa 69:21 They gave me also gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink.
Mat 27:34 They gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink.
Mat 27:35 And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots.

5. A song and thanksgiving will please God more than a burnt sacrifice.
Psalm 70.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, to bring to remembrance.
2. Make haste, O God, to deliver me; make haste to help me, O LORD. Make haste unto me, O God: thou art my help and my deliverer; O LORD, make no tarrying.
Psalm 71.
1. King David prays to God, asking Him, "Cast me not off in the time of old age; forsake me not when my strength faileth".
2. David states that he will hope continually and that God has taught him from his youth.
3. O God, who is like unto thee!
Psalm 72.
1. A Psalm for Solomon.
2.
* There are twenty verses in this Psalm and although it's for Solomon, it is obvious that verses 1 through 17 refer to Jesus Christ. Remember, king David was a prophet, and Psalms is full of prophecy.
3. The prayers of David the son of Jesse are ended.

BOOK III

Psalm 73.
1. A Psalm of Asaph.
2. Asaph was envious of the wicked until he went into the sanctuary of God and understood their end. The wicked seem to have it all, prosper in the world, and increase in riches, but they will be brought into desolation in a moment. So foolish and ignorant was I, said Asaph.
Psalm 74.
1. Maschil of Asaph, asking, "O God, why hast thou cast us off for ever"?
2. It appear there's lots of ungodly things on the increase and Asaph ask, O God, how long shall the adversary reproach? Shall the enemy blaspheme thy name for ever? Why withdrawest thou thy hand, even thy right hand? Pluck it out of thy bosom.
3. Asaph reminds God of some of the things He's done, (His creation), and how He is in control of it. Ask God to remember that the enemy and the foolish has blasphemed His name.
Psalm 75.
1. To the chief Musician, Altaschith, A Psalm or Song of Asaph.
2. God is the judge: he putteth down one, and setteth up another.
3. In the hand of the LORD there is a cup, and the wine is red; it is full of mixture; and he poureth out of the same: but the dregs thereof, all the wicked of the earth shall wring them out, and drink them.
Psalm 76.
1. To the chief Musician on Neginoth, A Psalm or Song of Asaph.
2.
* I believe this Psalm refers to the return of Jesus Christ. Mentions Him dwelling in Mount Zion, judgment, and to save all the meek of the earth.
Psalm 77.
1. To the chief Musician, to Jeduthun, A Psalm of Asaph, praying unto God in a day of trouble when he sought the Lord and he remained troubled. Couldn't sleep and it seemed that God wasn't around, as though He had forsaken him. What did he do? Asaph said, this was his weakness and not God's, and at times like these, he would remember the works of God, His wonders of old, and how He's in control of all things.
2. Who is so great a God as our God. Thou art the God that doest wonders.
Psalm 78.
1. Maschil, (instructive, i.e. a didactic poem), of Asaph, reminding the people that they are to keep passing on the story of God and how He led His people out of Egypt and through the wilderness. All the miracles He did for them, and still, they would turn from God, bringing His anger upon them, and how then, they would return to God and He would forgive them.
2. It seems that Asaph did a good job of passing the story on from generation to generation. Here we're reading it.
Psalm 79.
1. A Psalm of Asaph, asking God to pour out His wrath upon the heathen enemies that have not known him, and have come into His temple. They have killed some of the saints.
2. He ask God not to hold the sins of their forefathers against them, and to help them quickly, for they are brought very low, (or depressed).
Psalm 80.
1. To the chief Musician upon Shoshannimeduth, A Psalm of Asaph, asking God to come and save them. Things are not going well for Israel. Describes them as being wasted, and wants God to restore them as before, and they will call upon His name.
Psalm 81.
1. To the chief Musician upon Gittith, A Psalm of Asaph.
2. God is telling Israel how good He would have treated them, if only they had been faithful to Him. But they would not listen.
Psalm 82.
1. A Psalm of Asaph, praying for God to bring justice to the poor, fatherless, the afflicted, and needy. To arise and judge the earth.
Psalm 83.
1. A Song or Psalm of Asaph, asking God to destroy His enemies that want to cut Israel off from being a nation. Sound familiar? Just this year, 2006, the leader of Iran stating that Israel should be, blown off the map.
Psalm 84.
1. To the chief Musician upon Gittith, A Psalm for the sons of Korah.
2. Blessed are they that dwell in the house of God.
3. No good thing will God withhold from them that walk uprightly.
Psalm 85.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm for the sons of Korah.
2. God has forgiven and blotted out the sins of His people.
3. God's salvation is near them that fear, (reverence), Him.
Psalm 86.
1. A Prayer of David, asking God to be merciful to him, and that God is good and ready to forgive. Also asking God to teach him His way.
Psalm 87.
1. A Psalm or Song for the sons of Korah, referring to the glorious things of Zion, the City of God.
Psalm 88.
1. A Song or Psalm for the sons of Korah, to the chief Musician upon Mahalath Leannoth, Maschil of Heman the Ezrahite.
2. A prayer from one that feels as though he is among the dead, wanting to be delivered.
Psalm 89.
1. Maschil of Ethan the Ezrahite.
2. Some things, sworn to David, by God.
3. God is to be held in reverence of all them that are about Him.
4.
* I believe verses 27, 29, and 37 make reference to Jesus Christ.

BOOK IV

Psalm 90.
1. A Prayer of Moses, the man of God.
2. God is from everlasting to everlasting.
3. Man is like grass. In the morning it flourish, in the evening it's cut down and withers.
4. Man's average life span is 70 years and some 80.
5. He ask God to establish, (or prosper), the work of our hands.
Psalm 91.
1. God is a refuge and a fortress.
2. Our eyes shall see the wages, the wicked receive, when pay-day comes.
3. Verses 11 and 12 are two used by Satan to temp Jesus in the wilderness. Look for the difference.

Psa 91:11 For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways.
Psa 91:12 They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.
Luke 4:10 For it is written, He shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee:
Luke 4:11 And in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone.

Be sure to note the difference in these scriptures. Change just a little here, a little there, and Satan has things his way.
Psalm 92.
1. A Psalm or Song for the Sabbath day. It's a good thing to give thanks unto the LORD, and to sing praises unto thy name, O most High:
2. There is no unrighteousness in God.
Psalm 93.
1. God's clothing.
Psalm 94.
1. To whom does vengeance belong? And how long shall the wicked triumph, (or jump for joy)?
2. Tells of the wicked and some of their ways, and that God shall cut them off.
Psalm 95.
1. Make a joyful noise unto God, our maker.
2. We are the sheep of His pasture, and the sheep of His hand.
Psalm 96.
1. Sing unto the LORD, all the earth.
2. Other gods are idols, but God made the heavens.
3. He shall judge the people righteously.
4. The Lord cometh. He cometh to judge the earth.
Psalm 97.
1. The heavens declare God's righteousness, and He is exalted far above all gods.
2. Those that love God, hate evil.
Psalm 98.
1. A Psalm.
2. God has made His salvation known.
3. Make a joyful noise unto the LORD, all the earth: make a loud noise, and rejoice, and sing praise.
4. Not only we, but nature itself, will be joyful before the Lord. Why? Because He cometh to judge the earth.
Psalm 99.
1. The Lord reigns, and is great in Zion.
2. Makes reference to Moses, Aaron, and the cloudy pillar.
3.
* I believe verses 2 and 9 makes reference to Jesus Christ.
Psalm 100.
1. A Psalm of praise. Make a joyful noise unto the LORD, all ye lands.
Psalm 101.
1. A Psalm of David, stating that he will sing of mercy and judgment unto God, and will behave himself wisely in a perfect way.
2. King David commits himself to a holy lifestyle.
Psalm 102.
1. A Prayer of the afflicted, when he is overwhelmed, and poureth out his complaint before the LORD. I believe it to be king David.
2. This afflicted person is in such state of being, that he even forgets to eat. He goes on to describe his feelings.
3.
* I believe verse 16 makes reference to the return of Jesus Christ.
4. I believe that verse 18 indicates that all the Psalms were written for those who would come after their writing. Remember, David was a man after God's own heart. Read it for yourself and see what you think.
Psalm 103.
1. A Psalm of David. Bless the LORD, O my soul. Bless the LORD, O my soul.
2. God is slow to anger, and will not always chide.
3. To them that reverence Him, God's mercy is as high, as heaven is above the earth.
Psalm 104.
1. This Psalm, like the others, give great praise to God. He has complete control of His creation.
2. The earth shall never be destroyed.
3. Tells of a time before this age, when the waters stood above the mountains, and at God's rebuke, they hasted away, making the sea shores, and describes the water circuits of the earth.
4. God supplies the needs of all life.
5. Tells of man using lotion for his face, (or skin).
6. The moon and sun appointed for seasons.
7. Man is to work until the evening.
Psalm 105.
1. In this Psalm, the Psalmist goes into great detail about the wondrous works of God.
2. His covenant with Abraham.
3. Joseph in Egypt and coming to great power there.
4. The great famine and all of Israel going into Egypt.
5. The plagues brought upon Egypt by God.
6. Israel coming out of Egypt with great abundance.
7. God taking care of them while in the wilderness for forty years.
Psalm 106.
1. A prayer, giving thanks unto God, for his mercy endureth for ever, and reminding the people of the following.
2. Like their forefathers, they have committed sin and done wickedly.
3. More about Israel, out from Egypt and in the wilderness, and how soon they forget the wondrous works of God, and turned to other forms of worship.
4. How Moses convinced God, not to destroy His people.
5. Phinehas, executing judgment.
6. From idol worship to sacrificing their children.
7. Even with all these sins, when they repented, and called upon God, He delivered them.

BOOK V

Psalm 107.
1. This Psalmist describes some of the wonderful works God does for man, and no doubt wonders why some don't give Him thanks. He repeats this four times in this psalm.

Psa 107:8 Oh that men would praise the LORD for his goodness, and for his wonderful works to the children of men!
Psa 107:15 Oh that men would praise the LORD for his goodness, and for his wonderful works to the children of men!
Psa 107:21 Oh that men would praise the LORD for his goodness, and for his wonderful works to the children of men!
Psa 107:31 Oh that men would praise the LORD for his goodness, and for his wonderful works to the children of men!

Psalms 108.
1. A Song or Psalm of David, his heart focused on God, asking for help to defeat the enemy, for vain is the help of man, but through God they shall do valiantly.
Psalm 109.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, Asking God to punish his wicked and deceitful enemies that surround him with their mouths full of words of hatred.
2. This Psalm foretells of Judas, (the one who betrayed Jesus), and Satan, standing at his right hand.
Psalm 110.
1. A Psalm of David.
2.
* Every verse in this Psalm, (7 total), refer to Jesus.
Psalm 111.
1. Again, great praise given unto God.
2. The fear of the LORD is the beginning of wisdom.
Psalm 112.
1. The rewards of the upright and the wicked.
Psalm 113.
1. From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the same, the Lord's name is to be praised.
Psalm 114.
1. A brief description, of just some, of the great miracles God did for Israel, when they came out of Egypt.
Psalm 115.
1. A good description of the heathen and their idols, and they that make and trust in them, are just as the idols.
2. Reminds Israel to trust in the True God.
Psalm 116.
1. The psalmist is stating his love for the Lord. For God hast delivered his soul from death, his eyes from tears, and his feet from falling.
2. In this Psalm you will find what you can give to the LORD in return for all He does for you. Verses 12 thru 19.
Psalm 117.
1. The truth of the LORD, endureth for ever.
Psalm 118.
1. Give thanks unto the LORD; for he is good: because his mercy endureth for ever.

Psa 118:2 Let Israel now say, that his mercy endureth for ever.
Psa 118:3 Let the house of Aaron now say, that his mercy endureth for ever.
Psa 118:4 Let them now that fear the LORD say, that his mercy endureth for ever.

2. * Verses 15, 16, 21, 22, and 26, I believe make reference to Jesus.
Psalm 119.
1. This Psalm is laid out kinda like we today, would make a statement, then list things to back up that statement, using our alphabet. Example.


Statement here:
A: Things to back up the statement.
B: Things to back up the statement.
C: Things to back up the statement.
Here, instead of using the English Alphabet, the Hebrew is used. They are a Psalm within a Psalm.

ALEPH: Blessed are they who walk in the ways of God.
BETH: How can a young man cleanse his way? By taking heed to God's word.
GIMEL: God's testimonies are the Psalmist's delight and, advice.
DALETH: The Psalmist asking God for understanding, for he has chosen the way of truth.
HE: Again the Psalmist asking for understanding, and for God to establish His words in him.
VAU: The Psalmist will walk in freedom, and wont be ashamed to speak of God, even before kings.
ZAIN: God's word is comfort to the Psalmist in his affliction. God's statutes has been his songs, during his pilgrimage of life.
CHETH: The Psalmist thought on his ways, and turned his feet unto God's testimonies. The earth is full of God's mercy.
TETH: The Psalmist ask God to teach him good judgment and knowledge. He states that his affliction has been good for him, because, it helps to learn God's statutes.
JOD: The Psalmist says, Let the proud be ashamed and let my heart be sound in God's law.
CAPH:
* The Psalmist's soul longs for God's salvation. (Jesus is our salvation). All God's commandments are faithful.
LAMED: God's word is forever settled, in heaven, and His faithfulness is unto all generations.
MEM: O how love I, thy law! it is my meditation all the day. This Psalm tells you how to have more understanding than your teachers.
NUN: Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path. The freewill offerings of our mouth??
SAMECH: I hate vain thoughts: but thy law do I love. Thou art my hiding place and my shield: I hope in thy word.
AIN: The Psalmist ask God to be surety, (a guarantee), for him, and let not the proud oppress him.
PE: The disclosure of God's word giveth light, and understanding to the simple. The Psalmist ask to be delivered from the oppression of man.
TZADDI: God's words are very pure.
KOPH: Save me, and I shall keep thy testimonies. Sounds like some of us today.
RESH: Salvation is far from the wicked. God's word is true from the beginning.
SCHIN: Those who love God's law, have great peace.
TAU: I have longed for thy salvation. The Psalmist has gone astray like a lost sheep, asking God to find him.

Psalm 120.
1. A Song of degrees. The Psalmist is praying to be delivered from lying lips and deceitful tongues.
Psalm 121.
1. A Song of degrees. Our help comes from God, who neither sleeps, grows old, or dies.
Psalm 122.
1. A Song of degrees of David. I was glad when they said unto me, Let us go into the house of the LORD. (This verse is used in the ceremony of the crowning of the king or queen of England).
3. Pray for the peace of Jerusalem.
Psalm 123.
1. A Song of degrees. Have mercy upon us, O LORD, have mercy upon us.
Psalm 124.
1. A Song of degrees of David.
2. Had it not been for God, the enemy would have overtaken us.
3. Our help is in the name of the LORD, who made heaven and earth.
Psalm 125.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. As the mountains are round about Jerusalem, so the LORD is round about his people, for ever.
Psalm 126.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. They that sow in tears shall reap in joy.
Psalm 127.
1. A Song of degrees for Solomon.
2. Except the LORD build the house, the labor is in vain.
Psalm 128.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. Blessed is every one that feareth the LORD; that walketh in his ways.
3.
* I believe verse 5 makes reference to Jesus.
Psalm 129.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. Let those that hate Zion be confounded and turned back, (ashamed, apostatize, and a brother of wrong).
Psalm 130.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. If thou, LORD, shouldest mark iniquities, O Lord, who shall stand?
Psalm 131.
1. A Song of degrees of David. A man's thoughts about himself.
2. Let Israel hope in the LORD from henceforth and for ever.
Psalm 132.
1. A Song of degrees.
2. A prayer asking God to remember David, and all his afflictions.
3.
* Verses 10 and 17 refer to Jesus. The Greek word for Christ is 5547. Christos, khris-tos'; from G5548; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
Psalm 133.
1. A Song of degrees of David.
2. How good and pleasant it is for brethren to dwell together in unity.
Psalm 134.
1. A Song of degrees.
2.
* The LORD that made heaven and earth bless thee out of Zion.
Psalm 135.
1. God has chosen Israel for His peculiar, (or special) treasure. Note, His, special treasure.
2. Tells of some of the prior, mighty works of God.
3. A description of the idols of the heathen.
Psalm 136.
1. This Psalm gives lots of praises to God, mentioning some of His great works. Each mention is followed by the following, "For his mercy endureth for ever".
Psalm 137.
1. The Psalmist is telling of the sadness, of those held captive in Babylon.
Psalm 138.
1. A Psalm of David, stating, All the kings of the earth shall praise thee, O LORD.
Psalm 139.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David.
2. God knows everything about us, even our thoughts.
3. David states that no matter where he goes, God is there.
4. I am fearfully and wonderfully made.
5. David states, he hates them, that hate God, and his hatred for them, is extreme.
Psalm 140.
1. To the chief Musician, A Psalm of David, asking God to deliver him from evil and violent men.
2. The upright shall dwell in God's presence.
Psalm 141.
1. A Psalm of David, praying for God to quickly help, and to let the wicked fall into their own nets while he escapes unharmed.
Psalm 142.
1. Maschil of David; A Prayer when he was in the cave, asking God to deliver him from his persecutors, for they are stronger than he.
Psalm 143.
1. A Psalm of David, asking God to teach him to do His will, deliver him from his enemies, and destroy them.
Psalm 144.
1. A Psalm of David, saying that God teaches his hands to war and his fingers to fight.
2. Man is like emptiness, and is something unsatisfactory.
3. Happy is that people, whose God is the Lord.
Psalm 145.
1. David's Psalm of praise, saying, every day will I bless thee; and I will praise thy name for ever and ever.
2. One generation shall praise thy works to another,
3. God is slow to anger and of great mercy.
4. God's kingdom is a everlasting one.
5. The LORD is nigh unto all that call upon him, in truth.
6. The LORD preserveth all them that love him: but all the wicked will he destroy.
Psalm 146.
1. Praise God while you're living.
2. Trust no man.
3. Talks of the hungry, the prisoners, the blind, the righteous, the strangers, the fatherless, the widow, and the wicked.
4. The Lord shall reign for ever.
Psalm 147.
1. It's good, to sing praises unto God.
2. God is of great power, and His understanding is infinite.
3. He, (God), takes pleasure in those that hope in his mercy.
Psalm 148.
1. All of God's creation is to praise him. From the smallest creeping things on the earth, to the stars, moon, sun, and whole universe. For He, alone, is excellent, and his glory is above the earth and heaven.
Psalm 149.
1. Praise God in singing, music, and dancing. Let the saints be joyful in glory.
Psalm 150.
1. Let every thing that hath breath praise the LORD. Praise ye the LORD.
2. He must like it, very much. He certainly deserves it. I guess this was a good verse, to end the Psalms. I am going to add one verse here.

Rev 4:11 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory, and honour, and power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are, and were created.

Proverbs

Proverbs has 31 chapters, 915 verses, and contains 15,043 words. King Solomon is author to most of this book.
You want to know the best way to raise your children, treat your neighbors, yourself, and all those others? Read this book of Proverbs.

Proverbs 1.
The purpose of proverbs.
1. The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge: but fools despise wisdom and instruction.
2. This proverb instructs parents on things to tell their children, when those of the world, start enticing them. It explains just how those of the world are.
3. Wisdom is everywhere and cries out to be heard, but, fools hate knowledge.
4. Refuse wisdom, and it will laugh at your calamity, and mock, when your fear comes.
5. Those who hearken unto wisdom, shall dwell safely, and have no fear of evil.
Proverbs 2.
1. My son, if thou wilt receive my words.
2. I guess this could be called an IF proverb. If you do this, and if you do that, then you will find the knowledge of God.
3. God is the one who gives wisdom, and with it comes understanding. Understanding that helps one to discern the good from the evil, and to stay on the path of right.
Proverbs 3.
1. My son, forget not my law; but let thine heart keep my commandments. It will add to your life.
2. Trust in God, not our own understanding.
3. Honor God with the things He gives unto you, (tithing), and He will give you more.
4. Don't be worried when God chastises you, for those He loves, He corrects.
5. The man or woman that finds wisdom and understanding, is a happy person.
6. With His wisdom, knowledge, and understanding, God created all things.
7. Those who have wisdom, can sleep good and not be afraid.
8. This proverb tells us how to treat our neighbors.
Proverbs 4.
1. Hear, ye children, the instruction of a father, and attend to know understanding.
2. Get wisdom. With her comes understanding. Forsake her not. Love her.
3. Wisdom is the principal thing; therefore get wisdom.
4. Stay away from the wicked. They can't even go to sleep until they have done something bad, or caused someone to fall.
5. Wisdom is life, to those that find it, and health to the flesh.
Proverbs 5.
1. My son, attend unto my wisdom, and bow thine ear to my understanding.
2. Warnings against strange, (to commit adultery), women. Rejoice with your wife. Be satisfied with her love. We can reverse this. Warnings against strange, (to commit adultery), men. Rejoice with your husband. Be satisfied with his love. This proverb tells the consequences of these things.
Proverbs 6.
1. My son, if thou be surety, (security),  for thy friend, if thou hast stricken thy hand, (a handshake), with a stranger.
2. Advice on how to make agreements with friends.
3. Tells the lazy person, (a sluggard), to observe the ant, and learn something.
4. The six things that God hates, and the seventh is an abomination to him that does it.
5. Warnings for a son to keep away from an evil woman. For by means of a whorish woman, a man is brought to a piece of bread, and the adulteress will hunt, (or she is looking), for, the precious, (costly), life.
Proverbs 7.
1. My son, keep my words, and lay up my commandments with thee. Bind them upon thy fingers, write them upon the table, (or tablet), of thine heart.
2. This chapter is a warning to stay away from the flattering lips of an harlot. How she will woo the young man to her bed, and the trouble that comes with it.
3. Many strong men have been slain by her. Her house is the way to hell.
Proverbs 8.
This is Wisdom's chapter. Wisdom is talking and telling of herself.
2. All things that may be desired, cannot compare to Wisdom.
3. God possessed Wisdom in the beginning. Before anything was made, (or created).
4. If you want to know what it was like before there was an earth, or anything, read this chapter.
Proverbs 9.
1. Wisdom beckons all that want understanding, to come and eat from her table.
2. One example of wisdom is. Correct a scorner, and he will hate you. Correct a wise man, and he will love thee.
3. More warnings of a foolish woman.
Proverbs 10.
The proverbs of Solomon.
Comparison made between different types of people on various circumstances.
1. A wise, and, a foolish son.
2. Treasures of the wicked and the righteous.
3. The memory of the just, and the wicked.
4. The mouth of the wicked and the righteous. Things like that.
Proverbs 11.
More comparison made between different types of people.
1. A false balance is an abomination to the LORD: but a just weight is his delight.
2. Integrity of the upright and the wicked. A hypocrite's mouth.
3. The upright, exalt a city, the wicked, tear it down.
4. Some can hold their tongue, some can't.
5. A gracious woman retaineth honor.
6. If you're looking for trouble, you'll find it.
Proverbs 12.
More comparison made between different types of people.
1. Whoso loveth instruction loveth knowledge: but he that hateth reproof, (chatisement by words), is brutish, (or a waste).
2. Some things written about in this chapter:

a. Favor of the Lord.
b. A virtuous woman.
c. Our thoughts and our words.
d. A man shall be commended, according to his wisdom.
e. Tillers of the land.
f. Wicked lips.
g. The way of a fool, is right in his own eyes.
h. True and false witnesses.
i. Lips of truth, verses lying tongues.

Proverbs 13.
More comparison made between different types of people.
1. A wise son heareth his father's instruction: but a scorner heareth not rebuke.
2. Some of the things written about in this chapter:

a. Transgressors.
b. Control of the mouth.
c. The sluggard and the diligent.
d. Being rich and having nothing, being poor and having everything.
e. Pride.
f. Wealth and how it's gotten, is important.
g. Power and shame, verses honor.
h. A companion of fools.
i. About your children's children.
4. He that spareth his rod, hateth his son: but he that loveth him chasteneth, (instructs), him betimes, (early).

Proverbs 14.
More comparison made between different types of people.
1. Some of the things written about in this chapter:

a. The wise and the foolish woman, concerning her house.
b. A faithful, and a false witness.
c. Fools, mock at sin.
d. The house of the wicked, and of the upright.
e. The prudent are crowned with knowledge.
f. The rich of the world have many friends.
g. One that is slow to anger, has great understanding.

Proverbs 15.
More comparison made between different types of people.
1. Some of the things written about in this chapter:

a. A soft, and, an hurtful answer.
b. The eyes of the Lord.
c. A wholesome tongue.
d. The merry heart, and the sorrowful.
e. Better is little with the fear, (or reverence), of the LORD than great treasure and trouble therewith.
f. A word spoken at the right time.
g. The thoughts of the wicked.
h. The greedy.

Proverbs 16.
Moral and ethical behaviour, verses immoral and unethical behaviour.
1. A proud heart is an abomination To God.
2. Wisdom is better to have than gold, and understanding is better than silver.
3. The highway from evil, (explained).
4. Pride goes before a fall.
5. The instructions of a fool is folly.
6. There is a way that seemeth right, but it leads to death.
7. Lips of the un-Godly, are as a burning fire.
8. A talebearer can separate the best of friends.
9. Being slow to anger, verses being hot headed.
Proverbs 17.
More about, Moral and ethical behaviour, verses immoral and unethical behaviour.
1. God tests the heart.
2. Those that are glad at other's calamities, will not go unpunished.
3. A good talking to, does more for a wise person, than a hundred stripes to a fool.
4. How God feels about justifying the wicked, and condemning the just.
5. A merry heart is like a good medicine.
6. How the wicked dispense judgment.
Proverbs 18.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. A fool has no delight in understanding.
2. What comes with the wicked?
3. In the chapter you'll find out what a fool's mouth is.
4. The words of a gossiper, burn to the innermost parts of a person.
5. What about those people that answer a matter, before they hear it?
6. The wounded spirit.
7. A brother offended, is harder to be won, than a strong city.
8. The power of the tongue, holds both, death and life.
9. To have friends, one must show himself friendly, and there is a friend, that sticketh closer than a brother.
Proverbs 19.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. The poor with integrity, and the lips of a fool.
2. Wealth makes many friends.
3. A false witness will not go unpunished.
4. The wrath of a king, and his favor.
5. A prudent wife is from God.
6. Having pity on the poor.
7. A son that causes shame.
Proverbs 20.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. Wine and strong drink.
2. Counsel in the heart of man is like deep water; but a man of understanding will draw it out.
3. Who can find a faithful man?
4. The children of a just man are blessed.
5. Love sleep, and what happens?
6. Bread of deceit.
7. Beware of flattering lips.
8. Unequal weights and measures.
Proverbs 21.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. Justice and judgment is more acceptable to God, than sacrifice.
2. The high look, and a proud heart.
3. The thoughts of the diligent, and the hasty.
4. The way of the pervert, and the morally clean.
5. It's better to dwell in a corner of the housetop, than with a brawling woman in a wide house.
6. The soul of the wicked, desires evil.
7. If you don't hear the poor when they cry, no one will hear you when you cry. And you will cry.
8. Those that love pleasure?
9. It's better to dwell in the wilderness, than with a contentious and an angry woman. I think this could be man or woman.
10. A wise man can conquer a city.
11. A false witness shall perish.
Proverbs 22.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches.
2. The rich and the poor.
3. The foresight, of the prudent, and the foolish.
4. Train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not depart from it.
5. The borrower becomes a servant to the lender.
6. The mouth of a strange, (or adulteress), woman.
7. Foolishness is bound in the heart of a child; but the rod of correction shall drive it far from him.
8. He that gives to the rich, shall surely come to want.
9. Don't make friends with the angry and furious.
10. Warnings against going in debt.
11. Keep your property in the family.
Proverbs 23.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. Labor not to be rich.
2. Do not desire what others have.
3. Speak not in the ears of a fool: for he will despise the wisdom of thy words.
4. Remove not the old landmarks, and seize not, that of the fatherless.
5. Withhold not correction from the child: for if thou beatest him with the rod, he shall not die. One needs to check the definitions of the words correction and beatest, in Strong's dictionary.
6. Surely, there is an end.
7. The drunkard and the glutton.
8. Hearken unto thy father that begat thee, and despise not thy mother when she is old.
9. A whore is a deep ditch.
10. Who is it that has woe, sorrow, contentions, babblings, wounds, and redness of eyes?
Proverbs 24.
More about, moral and ethical behaviour.
1. Don't envy evil men.
2. A wise man is strong.
3. The thought of foolishness is sin.
4. A just man can fall seven times, and rise again, but the wicked shall fall into mischief.
5. Rejoice not when thine enemy falleth, and let not thine heart be glad when he stumbleth.
6. Fret not thyself, because of evil men.
7. It's not good to have respect of persons, in judgment.
8. Say not, I will do so to him, as he hath done to me.
Proverbs 25.
These are also proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah king of Judah copied out.
1. To conceal a thing, or to search it out?
2. It's better to wait upon the king to say, come up here.
3. Go not forth hastily to strive.
4. Don't tell private matters.
5. A word fitly spoken.
6. One who boast of himself, is like clouds and wind without rain.
7. Confidence in an unfaithful man.
8. How to heap coals of fire upon your enemy's head.
9. It's better to dwell in the corner of the housetop, than with a brawling woman in a wide house.
Proverbs 26.
More proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah king of Judah copied out. Just a few of those listed.
1. Answer not a fool according to his folly, lest thou also be like unto him.
2. He that sendeth a message by the hand of a fool, cutteth off the feet, and drinketh damage.
3. As a dog returneth to his vomit, so a fool returneth to his folly.
4. As the door turneth upon it's hinges, so doth the slothful, (a lazy person), upon his bed.
5. A lying tongue hateth those that are afflicted by it; and a flattering mouth worketh ruin.
Proverbs 27.
More proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah king of Judah copied out. Just a few of those listed.
1. Let another man praise thee, and not thine own mouth.
2. Open rebuke is better than secret love.
3. Faithful are the wounds of a friend; but the kisses of an enemy are deceitful.
4. Hell and destruction are never full; so the eyes of man are never satisfied.
5. Be thou diligent to know the state of thy flocks, and look well to thy herds. For riches are not for ever: and doth the crown endure to every generation?
Proverbs 28.
More proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah king of Judah copied out. Just a few of those listed.
1. The wicked flee when no man pursueth: but the righteous are bold as a lion.
2. Evil men understand not judgment: but they that seek the LORD, understand all things.
3. He that covereth his sins, shall not prosper: but whoso confesseth and forsaketh them, shall have mercy.
4. Whoso walketh uprightly shall be saved: but he that is perverse in his ways, shall fall at once.
5. To have respect of persons is not good, for that man will transgress, for a piece of bread.
6. He that hasteth to be rich hath an evil eye, and considereth not that poverty shall come upon him.
7. He that trusteth in his own heart is a fool: but whoso walketh wisely, he shall be delivered.
8. He that giveth unto the poor shall not lack: but he that hideth his eyes shall have many a curse.
Proverbs 29.
More proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah king of Judah copied out. Just a few of those listed.
1. When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice: but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.
2. A man that flattereth his neighbour, spreadeth a net for his feet.
3. A fool uttereth all his mind: but a wise man keepeth it in till afterwards.
4. Correct thy son, and he shall give thee rest; yea, he shall give delight unto thy soul.
5. Where there is no vision, the people perish: but he that keepeth the law, happy is he.
6. A man's pride shall bring him low: but honour shall uphold the humble in spirit.
7. An unjust man, is an abomination to the just, and he that is upright in the way, is an abomination to the wicked.
Proverbs 30.
The words of Agur the son of Jakeh, even the prophecy: the man spake unto Ithiel, even unto Ithiel and Ucal.
1. Every word of God is pure. Add not unto His words.
2. A description of four generations, and their actions. Kinda sounds like today.
3. Four things that never say, "It is enough".
4. Four things which I know not.
5. The way of an adulterous woman.
6. The ants, the conies, the locust, and the spider.
7. A lion, a greyhound, an he goat, and a king.
8. The churning of milk, the wringing of the nose, and the forcing of wrath.
Proverbs 31.
The words of king Lemuel, the prophecy that his mother taught him. Lemuel is a symbolic name of Solomon.
1. The advice given to king Solomon by his mother. She warns him to not give in, to the ways that destroy kings.
2. There are twenty one verses, giving praise to a Virtuous Woman. This is good to read.

Ecclesiastes

Ecclesiastes has 12 chapters, 222 verses, and contains 5,584 words. The author is King Solomon. The word Ecclesiastes, means, preacher. The term "under the sun" is mentioned 29 times and the word "vanity" 33 times. That indicates to me that, while in the flesh, all is vain. Similar to Proverbs. Very good to read.

Ecclesiastes 1.
    The words of the Preacher, the son of David, king in Jerusalem.
1. Vanity of vanities, saith the Preacher, vanity of vanities; all is vanity.
2. The generations come and go, but the earth remains forever.
3. There is no new thing under the sun.
4. There is no remembrance of former things.
5. Solomon said, after seeing all the works done under the sun, that all was vanity.
6. In much wisdom, there is much grief.
7. An increase in knowledge, will produce an increase in sorrow.
Ecclesiastes 2.
1. Solomon tells of all he has. Much wealth, foods, and great possessions. He has it all. Anything his heart desired, he had. After careful review, he comes to the conclusion that, in all his hands had done, it was vanity, (emptiness), and vexation, (or a feeding upon, i.e. grasping after), of spirit, and there was no profit, (or gain), under the sun. Under the sun, I think, means while we are in the flesh.
2. Everybody has one thing in common. All die, The wise and the foolish.
3. Everything a man can accumulate while in the flesh, he leaves to another, usually not knowing, whether that person or persons will be wise or foolish.
4. There's nothing better for a man, than to enjoy the good of his labor. For it's from the hand of God.
Ecclesiastes 3.
1. To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven:
2. Solomon list twenty eight things that there's a time for.
3. Whatever God does, is for ever.
4. That which hath been is now, and that which is to be, hath already been, and God requireth that which is past.
5. God shall judge the righteous and the wicked, for there is a time for every purpose and for every work.
6. Man, as well as the beast, die. All flesh, comes to the same end.
Ecclesiastes 4.
1. Solomon considered all the oppressions that are done under the sun, and behold the tears of such as were oppressed, and they had no comforter; and on the side of their oppressors, there was power; but the oppressed had no comforter. Wherefore he praised those that had already lived and gone on, more than those still living.
2. Better is an handful with quietness, than both the hands, full with travail and vexation of spirit.
3. Two are better than one. For if one should fall, the other will help.
4. Better is a poor and a wise child, than an old and foolish king.
5. Solomon considered all the living, which walk under the sun.
Ecclesiastes 5.
1. A fool is known by his multitude of words.
2. If you make a vow to God, be sure and pay it. For it's better not to make a vow, than to make one and not pay.
3. He that loveth silver, shall not be satisfied with it.
4. The sleep of a laboring man is sweet, but the abundance of the rich, will not allow him to sleep.
5. Naked we came into the world, and naked we return, and can take nothing of this world with us.
Ecclesiastes 6.
1. There is an evil under the sun, and it's common among men.
2. An aborted birth is better for a man, than to have a soul not filled with good.
3. That which hath been, is named already, and it's known that it is man.
4. All of man's vain life, is as a shadow.
Ecclesiastes 7.
1. A good name is better than precious ointment; and the day of death than the day of one's birth.
2. It's better to go to the house of mourning, than to go to the house of feasting: for that is the end of all men; and the living will lay it to his heart.
3. Sorrow is better than laughter: for by the sadness of the countenance the heart is made better.
4. Anger rest, in the bosom of fools.
5. Do not say, Why were the formers days better than these?
6. In verses 26, 27, and 28, Solomon really comes down hard on women. Of course he had 1,000 wives.
6. Wisdom strengthens the wise more than ten mighty men.
7. There is not a just man upon earth, that doeth good, and sinneth not.
Ecclesiastes 8.
1. A man's wisdom makes his face shine.
2. There is power in the words of a king.
3. No man that hath power over the spirit, to retain the spirit; neither hath he power in the day of death.
4. Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.
Ecclesiastes 9.
1. The righteous, the wise, and their works, are in the hand of God: no man knoweth either love or hatred by all that is before them.
2. Death of the flesh, comes to all.
3. A living dog is better than a dead lion.
4. There is no work, knowledge, or wisdom in the grave.
5. The sons of men, are as a fish caught in a net.
6. A poor man's wisdom is despised, and his words not heard.
7. Wisdom is better than weapons of war.
Ecclesiastes 10.
1. A babbler, like a snake, will bite without a reason.
2. The lips of a fool.
3. Be careful what you say in private, and, what you think.
Ecclesiastes 11.
1. Be charitable.
2. If you wait on the perfect time to do something, it'll never get done.
3. Even in childhood, there is vanity.
Ecclesiastes 12.
1. Remember now, thy Creator in the days of thy youth.
2. Solomon describes how it is with a person as they grow old. The hearing gets low, the eyes go dim, the teeth go bad. Finally you die, your body returns to dust from where it came, and the spirit returns to God, who gave it.
3. Vanity of vanities, saith the preacher; all is vanity.
4. The whole duty of man, is to keep the commandments of God.

Song Of Solomon

Song of Solomon has 8 chapters, 117 verses, 2,661 words, and was read annually at the Passover. It tells the story of a young Shulamite girl, (a keeper of her family's vineyard), which king Solomon brought into his palace. By doing this, Solomon has separated her from  the young man she truly loves. Her Shepherd Lover. To me, this was a hard book to understand and get the full meaning of, until I reviewed it in, The Companion Bible, by E. W. Bullinger. His explanatory notes were most helpful.

Song of Solomon 1.
1. The song of songs, which is Solomon's.
2. King Solomon has brought a young Shulamite girl from the countryside to his tents. Although he has one thousand wives, I guess he really wants this one.
3. The young maid is remembering her Shepherd Lover. She wants him to come rescue her. She is scorned by the other women of the king's court. She asked them not to look down on her.
4. King Solomon speaks to her. Telling her of her beauty and what he will do for her.
5. The girl and her Shepherd Lover meet. They tell each other of their love, one for the other.
Song of Solomon 2.
1. I am the rose of Sharon, and the lily of the valleys.
2. The girl continues to tell of her true love. She is lovesick.
3. She tells of times when she and her Shepherd lover were together, in the spring and summer, in the fields of home.
4. She asked the women of the king's court not to influence her toward the king.
Song of Solomon 3.
1. The young maid lies upon her bed at night, thinking of and longing for her young lover.
2. This chapter tells of king Solomon coming out of the wilderness. I guess he'd been on vacation. This, I believe is how he found the Shulamite girl. It goes on to describe his personal chariot, made for wooing the women. A real ladies man, he was.
Song of Solomon 4.
1. The Shepherd Lover, gives great words of love, to his Shulamite maid.
2. The girl wants to get away from Solomon and return to where she came from.
3. The Shepherd Lover ask her to come with him. Again, gives her great praise. Compares her to a great garden.
4. The Shulamite girl tells her Shepherd Lover to come into His garden, and eat of His pleasant fruits. Quite a love story here.
Song of Solomon 5.
1. The Shulamite girl tells the court ladies about a dream she had of her Shepherd Lover. She asked them, to tell her lover, that she is love-sick.
2. They ask her, "what kind of man is this, that makes him greater than another, O thou fairest among women". They certainly recognize her beauty. She goes on to describe him to the ladies. She ends by saying, "This is my beloved, and this is my friend, O daughters of Jerusalem".
Song of Solomon 6.
1. Whither is thy beloved gone, O thou fairest among women? Whither is thy beloved turned aside? That we may seek him with thee. Asked the court ladies. They're beginning to really like her a lot.
2. She replies, "My beloved is gone down into his garden, to the beds of spices, to feed in the gardens, and to gather lilies. I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine: he feedeth among the lilies". See how she keeps reminding all, how much she and he are in love.
3. King Solomon talks to her. Giving her great flatteries. Telling how all the other women, give her great praise. She's not only beautiful, but very devoted to her boyfriend, the Shepherd Lover.
Song of Solomon 7.
1. King Solomon comes on to her with more flattery. I guess if anyone deserved it, she did.
2. She rejects king Solomon by saying, " I am my beloved's, and his desire is toward me. Come, my beloved, let us go forth into the field; let us lodge in the villages. Let us get up early to the vineyards; let us see if the vine flourish, whether the tender grape appear, and the pomegranates bud forth: there will I give thee my loves.
3. This girl had guts. Here is the most powerful man on the planet. The one with the most wisdom, rejected by this little woman. She's truly in love with her Shepherd Lover.
4. In my opinion, Solomon with all his wisdom, knew he could do only one thing. Let her go. That's what he did. I guess this girl could be called, The one who got away.
Song of Solomon 8.
1. Her brothers, see their sister, leaning upon her Shepherd Lover's shoulder, returning home from king Solomon's palace.
2. They admit that true love cannot be quenched by anything.
3. They state, "We have a little sister, and she hath no breasts: what shall we do for our sister in the day when she shall be spoken for? If she be a wall, we will build upon her a palace of silver: and if she be a door, we will enclose her with boards of cedar".
4. She replies, "I am a wall, and my breasts like towers: then was I in his eyes as one that found favour. Solomon had a vineyard at Baalhamon. My vineyard, which is mine, is before me".
5. No doubt, the brave little Shulamite girl, and her Shepherd Lover, lived happily ever after.

Isaiah

Isaiah has 66 chapters, 1,292 verses, and contains 37,044 words. Isaiah's ministry began in 740 B.C. and continued into the reign of Manasseh. The Dead Sea Scrolls verify the book of Isaiah. It's an exciting book, full of prophecies of Jesus Christ, and, of the end times. Isaiah means, God has saved.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Isaiah 1.
1. The vision of Isaiah the son of Amoz, which he saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem in the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah.
2. In the vision, God describes how Judah has become a very sinful nation. They have forsaken and provoked Him to anger.
3. If there hadn't been a small remnant, they would be as Sodom and Gomorrah.
4. God is not happy with their sacrifices.
5. God calls for Israel to repent. If they will, things will be good. They that forsake God shall be destroyed.
Isaiah 2.
1. End time prophecy is given here. In the last days. The day of the Lord. In that day.
2.
* Verses 2, 3, and 4 make reference to Jesus. For end time prophecy, be sure and read this.
3. The proud will be humbled.
Isaiah 3.
1. God pronounces a judgment on Judah. All their great leaders will He take away, and they shall be led by children and babes.
2. They expose their sin as Sodom, and don't even try to hide it.
3. It shall be well with the righteous, and ill with the wicked.
4. Judah's leaders cause them to err.
5. God gives judgment on the daughters of Zion. Tells of how great they think they are. Heads held high, fancy dress etc. All that, will be taken away, and they will sit on the ground.
6. In that day, is mentioned in the judgment of Judah, and the daughters of Zion.
Isaiah 4.
1. In that day. In that day, is used twice and has reference to the future When Jesus is at Mount Zion.
2.
* Verse 2 is in reference to Jesus, (THE BRANCH).
Isaiah 5.
1. The parable of the vineyard. Jesus referred to this parable in Matthew 21:33.
2. The vineyard of the LORD of hosts, is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah his pleasant plant.
3. Hell has enlarged herself.
4. Six woes are listed here.

Isa 5:8 Woe unto them that join house to house, that lay field to field, till there be no place, that they may be placed alone in the midst of the earth!
Isa 5:11 Woe unto them that rise up early in the morning, that they may follow strong drink; that continue until night, till wine inflame them!
Isa 5:18 Woe unto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a cart rope:
Isa 5:20 Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter!
Isa 5:21 Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight!
Isa 5:22 Woe unto them that are mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink.

Isaiah 6.
1. Isaiah has a vision of God on His throne. In this vision God gives Isaiah his commission. God asked Isaiah, "Whom shall I send, and who will go for us"? Then said Isaiah, "Here am I; send me". And God said, "Go, and tell this people, Hear ye indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not".
Isaiah 7.
1. God sends Isaiah and his son, Shearjashub, to tell king Ahaz not to worry about the invasion from Syria and Israel. It will not come to pass.
2.
* Verse 14 contains the famous prophecy of the virgin birth of Christ.

Isa 7:14 Therefore the Lord himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call his name Immanuel.

Isaiah 8.
1. Isaiah has a son. God names him Mahershalalhashbaz, and tells Isaiah that before he shall cry, that the riches of Damascus and the spoil of Samaria, shall be taken away by the king of Assyria.
2.
* Verse 8 mentions Immanuel, (Jesus).
3.
* Verse 14 speaks of Jesus, being a stone of stumbling and a rock of offence, for both houses of Israel.
4.
* Verse 18 refers to Jesus, dwelling in Mount Zion.
Isaiah 9.
1.
* Verses 1 and 2 refer to Jesus.
2.
* Verses 6 and 7 is about the birth of Jesus and how His government shall never end.

Isa 9:6 For unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.
Isa 9:7 Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.

3. God describes his anger towards Israel.
Isaiah 10.
1. Woe to them that turn aside the needy, take away the right of the poor, prey on the widow, and rob the fatherless.
2. God will use the Assyrian to punish His people, and then punish him.
3. The king of Assyria has the I disease. I did this, I did that, I am great.
4. A remnant of Jacob shall return unto the Mighty God.
5. God tells His people not to be afraid of the Assyrian. For in a little while, His fury and displeasure with their sin, will pass.
Isaiah 11.
1.
* Six verses in this chapter, make a direct reference to Jesus Christ.
2. It tells of a time yet future, after the return of Christ.
3. Jesus shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked.
4. A time when all the animals will be together in harmony with each other. There cannot be flesh at this time. The wolf shall dwell with the lamb. A leopard will lie down with a kid. A calf and the lion together, with a child leading them. I believe, figures of speech, to let us know the peace and harmony that will be there.
5. As the waters cover the sea, the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the LORD.
6. In that day, the Lord shall set His hand, the second time, to recover the remnant of His people.
Isaiah 12.
1. In that day, God's anger will be turned away, and He will comfort us.
2. God is my strength, my song, and my salvation.
3. Water, from the wells of salvation.
4. Great! will be the Holy One of Israel, in our midst.
Isaiah 13.
    End time prophecy.
1. The day of the Lord is at hand.
2. A tumultuous noise of the kingdoms of nations gathered together. The LORD of hosts mustereth the host of the battle.
3. It shall be as a woman ready to give birth. The Lord cometh and shall destroy the sinner out of the land. To punish the wicked for their iniquity.
4. God will make man more precious that gold.
5. God will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the day of his fierce anger.
6. Babylon, shall be, as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah.
Isaiah 14.
1. God will have mercy on Israel and set them in their own land.
2. In that day, (more end time prophecy), God will give rest from sorrow, fear, and hard bondage.
3. Describes Satan, (Lucifer), falling from heaven. Being kicked out is more like it, described in Revelation 12:7-8 and 9.
4. States how Satan will exalt his throne above the stars of God. That he will be like the Most High.
5. But he, (Satan), will go down into the pit, and later, be destroyed.
Isaiah 15.
    The burden of Moab.
1. Moab shall be laid waste. There shall be abundant weeping.
Isaiah 16.
1. More about Moab. He has much pride.
2. The daughters of Moab shall be as a bird cast out of the nest.
3. It shall come to pass, when it's seen that Moab is weary on the high place, that he shall come to his sanctuary to pray; but he shall not prevail.
Isaiah 17.
   The burden of Damascus.
1. Damascus shall be a ruinous heap.
2. At that day, shall a man look to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the Holy One of Israel, and he shall not look to the altars, the work of his hands, neither shall respect that which his fingers have made, either the groves, or the images.
Isaiah 18.
   The U. S. A. chapter in God's word.
1. I believe this describes no country better than the United States.
2. In that day, the people of the United States will bring presents to the Lord of host. To the place of the name of the Lord of host. Mount Zion.
3. Read carefully and research some of the words describing this nation and it's people. See if you come to the same conclusion as I.
Isaiah 19.
1. The burden of Egypt. Behold, the LORD rideth upon a swift cloud, and shall come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt shall be moved at his presence, and the heart of Egypt shall melt in the midst of it.
2. The term "In that day" is used six times in this chapter. Indicating to me that it's end time prophecy. In that day being, when the LORD is there.
3. In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria, even a blessing in the midst of the land, whom the LORD of hosts shall bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt my people, and Assyria the work of my hands, and Israel mine inheritance.
Isaiah 20.
1. Egypt and Ethiopia are to be taken captive by Assyria.
2. And the LORD said, Like as my servant Isaiah hath walked naked and barefoot three years for a sign and wonder upon Egypt and upon Ethiopia, so shall the king of Assyria lead away the Egyptians prisoners, and the Ethiopians captives, young and old, naked and barefoot, even with their buttocks uncovered, to the shame of Egypt.
Isaiah 21.
    The burden of the desert of the sea. A grievous vision of Isaiah.
1. This chapter makes reference to the fall of Babylon as it's described in Revelation 14 and 18. This is certainly an end time prophecy.
Isaiah 22.
    The burden of the valley of vision.
1. It's a day of trouble, of treading down, and of perplexity by the Lord GOD of hosts in the valley of vision, breaking down the walls, and of crying to the mountains.
2.
* An end time prophecy of Jesus Christ, also described in Revelation 3:7 and 8.
Isaiah 23.
    The burden of Tyre.
1. The city of Tyre was the trading center of the known world at that time. It's to be laid waste, but, Isaiah 23:17 And it shall come to pass after the end of seventy years, that the LORD will visit Tyre, and she shall turn to her hire, and shall commit fornication with all the kingdoms of the world upon the face of the earth.
2. I believe this has reference to Mystery Babylon of Revelation 17 and 18.
Isaiah 24.
    This chapter is known as the Apokalupsis, (Revelation), of Isaiah.
1. Behold, the LORD maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down.
2. The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant.
3. The city of confusion, (Babylon), is broken down.
4. The foundations of the earth do shake.
5. The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard.
6. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the LORD shall punish the host of the high ones that are on high, and the kings of the earth upon the earth.
7. Then the moon shall be confounded, and the sun ashamed, when the LORD of hosts shall reign in mount Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before his ancients gloriously.
Isaiah 25.
    God has done wonderful things.
1. He is strength to the needy, a refuge from the storm, and a shadow from the heat.
2. Read in Revelation 21, about the following verses. This chapter is prophetic. In That Day.

Isa 25:7 He will destroy in this mountain the face of the covering cast over all people, and the veil that is spread over all nations.
Isa 25:8 He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of his people shall he take away from off all the earth: for the LORD hath spoken it.
Isa 25:9 And it shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God; we have waited for him, and he will save us: this is the LORD; we have waited for him, we will be glad and rejoice in his salvation.

Isaiah 26.
    In That Day.
1. The song that will be sung by those in the land of Judah, after the coming of Christ.
Isaiah 27.
1. In that day the LORD with his sore and great and strong sword shall punish.
2. It shall come to pass in that day, ye shall be gathered one by one, O ye children of Israel.
3. It shall come to pass in that day, that the great trumpet shall be blown, and they shall come and worship the LORD, in the holy mount at Jerusalem.
Isaiah 28.
1. Woe to the crown of pride.
2. The priest and the prophet have erred through strong drink. They err in vision, and stumble in judgment.
3. Whom shall God teach knowledge? and whom shall He make to understand doctrine? Them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little.
4.
* Verse 16 pertains to Jesus Christ.
5. A covenant with death, and an agreement with hell.
Isaiah 29.
1. Woe to Ariel, to Ariel, the city where David dwelt! Ariel is a symbolic name for Jerusalem.
2. God will distress Israel. Bring her enemies round about her.
3. Thou shalt be visited of the LORD of hosts with thunder, and with earthquake, and great noise, with storm and tempest, and the flame of devouring fire.
4. It shall be as a dream of the night. Like a book that is sealed.
5. With their mouth they honor God, but their heart is far from Him.
6. But, In That Day, God shall deliver Israel, they shall understand the book, and their eyes shall be opened.
Isaiah 30.
1. Woe to the rebellious children, that take counsel, but not of God, and add sin to sin.
2. Israel ask help from Pharaoh of Egypt, instead of God. That don't go over so well.
3. Isaiah is told by God to write down in a book, that Israel is a rebellious people, lying children, and will not obey His law.
4. God will wait for them. He states that they shall return to Him, and shall dwell in Zion, and weep no more.
5. The light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of seven days, in the day that the LORD bindeth up the breach of his people, and healeth the stroke of their wound.
6. The Assyrian, (one of Satan's names), shall be destroyed. Read to find out how.
Isaiah 31.
    Woe to them that go down to Egypt for help.
1. The Egyptians are men, and not God. Israel and Egypt both shall fail.
2. As a lion, the Lord of host shall come down and fight for Mount Zion.
3. As birds flying, so will the LORD of hosts defend, deliver, and preserve Jerusalem.
Isaiah 32.
1. A king shall reign in righteousness.
2. A warning to the women of Israel.
Isaiah 33.
1. Woe to thee that spoilest, and thou wast not spoiled; and dealest treacherously, and they dealt not treacherously with thee!
2. A prayer to God, asking for grace, for we have waited for Him.
3. End time prophecy. God has filled Zion with judgment and righteousness.
4. A man's own breath shall devour him.
5. God will save us.
Isaiah 34.
    End time prophecy.
1. The indignation of the LORD is upon all nations.
2. The host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll: and all their host shall fall down, as the leaf falleth off from the vine, and as a falling fig from the fig tree.
3. The day of the Lord's vengeance, and the year of recompenses for the controversy of Zion.
4. Seek ye out of the book of the LORD, and read: no one of these shall fail.
Isaiah 35.
1.
* This chapter refers to the second coming of Jesus Christ, and some of what it will be like.
2. A Highway called, The Way of Holiness. None but the redeemed shall walk there on.
3. The ransomed of the LORD shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads: they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away.
Isaiah 36.
1. Sennacherib, king of Assyria, sends Rabshakeh from Lachish to Jerusalem unto king Hezekiah with a great army saying, Thus saith the king, Let not Hezekiah deceive you: for he shall not be able to deliver you. Neither let Hezekiah make you trust in the LORD, saying, The LORD will surely deliver us. Hearken not to Hezekiah: for thus saith the king of Assyria, Make an agreement with me by a present.
Isaiah 37.
1. King Hezekiah ask Isaiah to pray to God for their deliverance from Sennacherib, king of Assyria.
2. God, (through Isaiah), tells Hezekiah not to worry that Sennacherib will hear a rumor and return to his own land and there he will die by the sword of his own.
3. Hezekiah gets a threatening letter from Sennacherib. Hezekiah presents the letter before God and prays.
4. Again, God, (through Isaiah), tells Hezekiah not to worry. Gives him a long talk about Ole Sennacherib.
5. The angel of the LORD went forth, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians 185,000 men.
6. Sennacherib returns home, and is killed by two of his sons.
Isaiah 38.
1. Hezekiah's sickness and God giving him fifteen more years to live.
2. For a sign to Hezekiah, the sun is turned back ten degrees in the sky.
3. This chapter contains the writings of Hezekiah, after his recovery.
Isaiah 39.
1. The king of Babylon sends by messengers to Hezekiah, letters and presents, for he had heard of his sickness.
2. Hezekiah shows the messengers all his treasures, armor, everything in the whole kingdom.
3. For this, God, (through Isaiah), tells Hezekiah that Judah will go into captivity at Babylon.
Isaiah 40.
  
 Prophecies of the future for Jerusalem.
1. Jerusalem's warfare is accomplished and her iniquity is pardoned.
2.
* The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the LORD, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. (Refers to John the Baptist and Jesus).
3. All flesh is as grass, and the grass withereth, but the word of God shall stand for ever.
4. Say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God!
5.
* Verses 10 and 11 also refer to Jesus.
6. The nations are as a drop of a bucket, and before Him, are as nothing, and counted as less than nothing.
7. The circle of the earth. Some used to think is was flat.
8. The inhabitants of the earth are as grasshoppers.
9. This chapter ends with this famous verse.

Isa 40:31 But they that wait upon the LORD shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint.

Isaiah 41.
    More end time prophecy.
1. Let us come near together, to judgment.
2. God set up all the generations from the beginning.
3. God speaks of Israel, saying, I have chosen thee and shall not cast ye away. Abraham is my friend. Fear not, for I am with thee. They that strive with thee shall perish. They that war against thee shall be as nothing, and as a thing of nought.
Isaiah 42.
    More end time prophecy.
1.
* Verses 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, are direct references to Jesus.
2. God will not give His glory to another.
3. The former things are come to pass, and new things, God does declare.
4. A new song shall be sung unto God.
5. God said. I have long time holden my peace; I have been still, and refrained myself: now will I cry like a travailing woman; I will destroy and devour at once.
6. At that time, some shall be ashamed.
7. Tells of some of Israel's sins.
Isaiah 43.
1. In this chapter, there's no doubt that God, is, the God of Israel.
2. O Israel, Fear not: for I have redeemed thee, I have called thee by thy name; thou art mine.
3. When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee; and through the rivers, they shall not overflow thee: when thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burned; neither shall the flame kindle upon thee. For I am the LORD thy God, the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour.
4. Israel is precious in God's sight.
5. Describes God gathering Israel from all over the earth.
6. God said, "I, even I, am the LORD; and beside me there is no saviour".
7. God said of Israel, "Ye are my witnesses, saith the LORD, that I am God".
8. God said, "Behold, I will do a new thing".
9. Israel has wearied God with their iniquities.
Isaiah 44.
1. God shall pour His spirit upon the seed of Israel.
2. God said, "I am the first, and I am the last; and beside me there is no God."
3. God appointed the time of old, the time that is now, and the time to come. Is this talking about three world ages?
4. God repeats to Israel, "Fear ye not, neither be afraid, ye are even my witnesses.
5. God talks of the making of, and the worshipping of idols.
6. Israel shall not be forgotten.
7. God said, "I am the LORD that maketh all things, by Myself".
Isaiah 45.
1. God talks to Cyrus. Tells him that He named him. Tells Cyrus about Himself, (God), about how He has created everything and that there is no god but Him.
2. Tells Cyrus to let His people go, rebuild Jerusalem, and do it for no charge.
3. The makers of idols shall go into confusion.
4. Verse 18 states that God did not make this earth in a ruined state, but to be inhabited.
5. God does not speak in secret.
6.
* Verse 21 refers to Jesus.
7. Every knee shall bow and every tongue shall swear, (as if by repeating a declaration seven times).
Isaiah 46.
1. God tells of idols made by man. How they have to be carried around on someone's shoulders and set up where you want them. You talk to them but they never answer. They are powerless. On the other hand, God said, "I am God, and there is none else; I am God, and there is none like me".
2. God declared the end from the beginning.
3. God will place salvation in Zion for Israel.
4. Israel is God's glory.
Isaiah 47.
    Future prophecy concerning Babylon.
1. God will take vengeance on Babylon. God gave Israel into their hand and they showed no mercy on the His children.
2. This chapter describes the Babylon of Revelation. Mystery Babylon, and it's destruction.
Isaiah 48.
1. God reminds Israel that they are hard hearted, stiff necked, and stubborn. But for His own name's sake, He will not cut them off.
2. God said, "Mine hand also hath laid the foundation of the earth, and my right hand hath spanned the heavens: when I call unto them, they stand up together".
3. Again God said, "I have not spoken in secret from the beginning".
4. God reminds Israel the it was He, that caused the water to come from the rock, while they were in the wilderness.
5. There is no peace for the wicked.
Isaiah 49.
1. Israel is God's servant, in whom He will be glorified.
2. A light to the Gentiles and God's salvation unto the ends of the earth.
3. This chapter has a lot of end time prophecy.
4.
* Verses 1 through 10 refer directly to Jesus Christ.
5. God said this, concerning Zion, (Israel), "Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven, (or engraved), thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me". "I the LORD am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, The Mighty One of Jacob".
Isaiah 50.
1. God talks of being divorced from Israel. "Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement, whom I have put away"? "For your iniquities have ye sold yourselves".
2. God ask, "is my hand so short that it cannot redeem?"
3. The tongue of the learned.

4. * Isa 50:6 I gave my back to the smiters, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I hid not my face from shame and spitting. (Refers to Jesus).

Isaiah 51.
    More end time prophecy.
1. The LORD shall comfort Zion: he will comfort all her waste places; and he will make her wilderness like Eden, and her desert like the garden of the LORD.
2. The heavens shall vanish away like smoke, and the earth shall wax old like a garment, and they that dwell therein shall die in like manner: but God's salvation shall be for ever.
3. The redeemed of the LORD shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head.
4. God will comfort Israel, and tells them not to be afraid of those that are going to die.
5. Jerusalem, which hast drunk at the hand of the LORD the cup of his fury; thou hast drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling, and wrung them out.
6. Then God said, "Behold, I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling, even the dregs of the cup of my fury; thou shalt no more drink it again. I will put it into the hand of them that afflict thee.
Isaiah 52.
    More end time prophecy.
1. Israel shall be redeemed without money.
2. Everyone will see eye to eye, (be of one mind), when God shall bring again, His children to Zion.
3. No more captivity for Israel.
4. All the earth shall see the salvation of our God.
5.
* verses 14, 15, and 16 refer to Jesus. Verse 14 tells of how bad Jesus was beaten just prior to his crucifixion.

Isa 52:14 As many were astonied at thee; his visage was so marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men.

Isaiah 53.
1.
* There are twelve verses in this chapter and all pertain to Jesus Christ. They describe his crucifixion.
2. Who hath believed our report? He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief.
3. He hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows.
4. He was wounded for our transgressions
5. The LORD hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.
6. He opened not his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so he openeth not his mouth.
7. He made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in his death.
8. He had done no violence, neither was any deceit in his mouth.
9. It pleased the LORD to bruise him.
Isaiah 54.
1. God describes his everlasting love for Israel.
2. Fear not; for thou shalt not be ashamed. Thy Maker is thine husband; the LORD of hosts is his name.
3. For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies will I gather thee. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the LORD thy Redeemer.
4. God created the waster to destroy.
Isaiah 55.
    God sends out an offer of mercy to all.
1. Come unto me: hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you.
2. Seek ye the LORD while he may be found, call ye upon him while he is near:
3. Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the LORD, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.
4. For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, saith the LORD.
5.
* Verses 4 and 5 pertain to Jesus.
5. As the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts.
Isaiah 56.
1. God calls for man to keep judgment, and do justice, for His salvation is near to come.
2. Blessed is the man that keep proper judgment and justice.
3. God will allow even strangers, that love Him, to come to His holy mountain.
Isaiah 57.
1. God tells of those who turn to idolatry. Comparing it to adultery.
2. When they cry out, God said, Let those, you keep company with, deliver you.
3. God said, "He that putteth his trust in me shall possess the land, and shall inherit my holy mountain".
4. There's no rest for the wicked.
Isaiah 58.
1. In this chapter, God describes the kind of person He wants us to be. The things we should do. Things that He will approve of. When we do these things and call on God, He will say, "Here I am".
Isaiah 59.
1. Some descriptions of national corruption and the consequences there of.
2. Sins separate you from God. Hands defiled with blood. They weave the spider's web.
3. Their feet run to evil, and make haste to shed innocent blood.
4. There's no judgment in their goings, and they make crooked paths.
5. There is none for salvation. Truth is fallen in the streets.
6.
* Verses 16 thru 21 refer to Jesus in the end time.
Isaiah 60.
1. This chapter describes how awesome it will be after the coming of Christ. How all will come to Zion and worship.
2. The sun shall be no more thy light by day; neither for brightness shall the moon give light unto thee: but the LORD shall be unto thee an everlasting light, and thy God thy glory.
3. Thy sun shall no more go down; neither shall thy moon withdraw itself: for the LORD shall be thine everlasting light, and the days of thy mourning shall be ended.
Isaiah 61.
    More end time prophecy.
1.
* Jesus quoted verse 1 and part of verse 2. The part he quoted pertained to His first advent. The part He didn't quote pertained to His second advent. Verses 1, 2, and 3 pertain to both the first and second advents of Christ.
3. I believe verse 4 indicates that we will repair the earth. The damage that we no doubt have inflicted upon it.
4. God loves judgment.
5. As the earth bringeth forth her bud, the Lord GOD will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations.
Isaiah 62.
    More end time prophecy.
1. God will not hold His peace until righteousness goes forth as brightness and salvation is as a burning lamp.
2. As the bridegroom rejoices over his bride, God will rejoice over His children.
3.
* Behold, the LORD hath proclaimed unto the end of the world, Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation cometh; behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. This verse refers to Jesus.
Isaiah 63.
    More end time prophecy.
1.
* verses 1, 2, 3, 4,8, and 9, are referring to Jesus.
2. A description of the day of vengeance.
3. God's loving-kindness and great goodness bestowed on Israel.
4. Tells of Moses leading the children in the wilderness.
5. Isaiah prays, "O LORD, why hast thou made us to err from thy ways, and hardened our heart from thy fear? Return for thy servants' sake, the tribes of thine inheritance".
Isaiah 64.
1. Isaiah prays for God to come down, that the nations may tremble at His presence. Some more of his prayer.
2. This famous verse.

Isa 64:4 For since the beginning of the world men have not heard, nor perceived by the ear, neither hath the eye seen, O God, beside thee, what he hath prepared for him that waiteth for him.

3. We are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away.
4. O LORD, thou art our father; we are the clay, and thou our potter; and we all are the work of thy hand.
Isaiah 65.
    God talks of a rebellious people and about the new heavens and earth.
1. God has stretched out His hand unto a rebellious people, that provoke Him to anger continually.
2. The holier than thou type, are like smoke in His nose.
3. They that forsake the Lord and forget His holy mountain, shall bow down to the slaughter, because when He called, they did not answer.
4. God's people shall sing for joy, but the rebellious shall cry because of the sorrow of their heart. God shall destroy them.
5. God said, "Behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind."
6. The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock. There shall be no hurt nor anything to destroy in all my holy mountain, saith the LORD.
Isaiah 66.
    More end time prophecy.
1. Those that have chosen their own ways shall be ashamed, but God will comfort His children.
2. The LORD will come with fire, and with his chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury, and his rebuke, with flames of fire.
3. All shall come before God and worship.

Jeremiah

Jeremiah has 52 chapters, 1,364 verses, and contains 42,659 words. He was one of the last great prophets during the last four decades of the kingdom of Judah. His prophetic ministry began approximately 627 B.C. and continued through the fall of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. Jeremiah was assured by God that he would survive all the dangers of that time. A man by the name of Baruch, was Jeremiah's scribe. The name Jeremiah means, God will rise.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Jeremiah 1.
1. God said to Jeremiah. "Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I ordained thee a prophet unto the nations."
2. Jeremiah sees an almond tree, and a seething pot.
3. God tells Jeremiah to warn Judah of the coming people from the North. A judgment from Him, because of their serving other gods.
Jeremiah 2.
1. God tells Jeremiah to remind the house of Jacob of Him bringing them out of Egypt, led and cared for them in the wilderness, brought them into a land of plenty, and now they have forsaken Him.
2. Other nations have not changed their gods, but Israel has.
3. God said, Their iniquity cannot be washed off with soap or even acid.
4. As a thief is ashamed when he's caught, so shall it be with Israel.
5. God said, "Where are thy gods that thou hast made thee? let them arise, if they can save thee in the time of thy trouble."
6. God really gives them a good lecture, and tops it off by saying that, after all the wrong they have done, they still claim to be innocent.
Jeremiah 3.
1. God continues to lecture Israel and Judah. comparing them to whores. He's very graphic about it.
2. For their actions, His blessings have been held from them.
3. In Verse 8, God states that although He had divorced Israel, Judah played the harlot also.
4. God asked them to acknowledge their wrong doing, return to Him, and His anger would not fall upon them.
5. God gives prophecy of what is yet future. When Israel and Judah shall be One nation again, and call Him, My Father.
Jeremiah 4.
1. To Israel, God gave an, If thou will return, and, an If thou wont. He asked them to circumcise their hearts.
2. God tells Jeremiah to Declare in Judah, and publish in Jerusalem, that He will bring evil from the north, and a great destruction. The destroyer of the Gentiles is on his way. (Warnings of the king of Babylon coming).
3. God says, His children are stupid.
4. Verses 23 thru 28, I believe tells of the destruction of the first earth and heavenly age. When Satan led one third of God's children away.
Jeremiah 5.
1. God tells Jeremiah to go to and fro through the streets and if he can find any that execute judgment and seeks the truth, that He will pardon them.
2. God goes on to tell of their wrong doing. To sum up this chapter, I think God said it better than I can. He said, "As ye have forsaken me, and served strange gods in your land, so shall ye serve strangers in a land that is not yours.
Jeremiah 6.
1. More explanations of how far from God, the people of Jerusalem have drifted.
2. God thought of Jerusalem as a beautiful and delicate woman.
3. The word of God has become as a reproach to them.
4. They say, there is peace, peace, but there is no peace.
5. God tells them to ask for the old paths, where the way is good.
6. Their burnt offerings and sacrifices are no longer acceptable to God. It appears, that He's had about all, He's going to take.
7. God reaffirms that an army from the north, (Babylon), is coming. Tells of how fierce they are and that there will be mourning as for the loss of an only son.
Jeremiah 7.
1. God, through Jeremiah, calls on the people of Judah to repent. Saying, "Amend your ways and your doings, and I will cause you to dwell in this place."
2. The three If's. If the people will do these three things, they will not go into captivity.
3. Verses 9,10, and 11, God ask some important questions. One of which Jesus Himself quoted.

Jer 7:11 Is this house, which is called by my name, become a den of robbers in your eyes? Behold, even I have seen it, saith the LORD.

4. God will do to Jerusalem , what He did to Shiloh.
5. The queen of heaven.
6. Just an indication of how bad it was. Some of the people sacrificed, (burnt as an offering), their children, to Tophet, in the valley of the son of Hinnom. No wonder God was put out with them.
7. All God wants them to do is to obey His voice. If so, He will be their God, and they will be His people.
Jeremiah 8.
    More descriptions of the sad state of Jerusalem.
1. Every one from the least even unto the greatest is given to covetousness. From the prophet even unto the priest every one dealeth falsely. For they have healed the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly, saying, Peace, peace; when there is no peace.
2. The people are not at all ashamed of their actions. To the point , they can't even blush.
3. Jeremiah mourns greatly for the sad state of Jerusalem.
Jeremiah 9.
    More descriptions of the sad state of Jerusalem.
1. God wishes that He had a place in the wilderness, where He could go to get away from His people. They go from evil to evil. Today we would say, from bad to worse.
2. Deceit is the big thing. Deceit, deceit, deceit.
3. God said that He will scatter them among the heathen.
4. In verses 23 and 24, God tells man, what not to glory in, and the things that He delights in. You might want to read this.
Jeremiah 10.
1. God, through Jeremiah, said, "Learn not the way of the heathen, and be not dismayed at the signs of heaven; for the heathen are dismayed at them."
2. Goes on to tell of idols made by men. How they can neither do evil or good. But the LORD is The True God, he is The Living God, and an everlasting king: at his wrath the earth shall tremble, and the nations shall not be able to abide his indignation.
3. Reminds the people again that the Northern army, (which is Babylon), will be coming for them.
Jeremiah 11.
1. God gives opportunity after opportunity for Judah, (Jerusalem), to repent. Asking them to obey the covenant that He made with their forefathers.
2. Obey my voice, obey my voice, but they would not.
3. Jeremiah is told by God, not to pray for these people.
Jeremiah 12.
1. Jeremiah ask God some questions. Like, Why do the wicked prosper? Why are the ones that deal so treacherously, always happy?
2. Jeremiah goes on to complain about the way people are.
3. God tells Jeremiah that, it shall come to pass, after He has plucked them out, that He will return, and have compassion on them, and will bring them again, every man to his heritage, and every man to his land.
4. In this chapter, is mentioned, the great speckled bird.
Jeremiah 13.
    Symbolism. The lesson from the decayed girdle.
1. God has Jeremiah bury a girdle in the ground. After many days, He has Jeremiah dig it up. It is decayed and ruined. God tells Jeremiah that the pride of Judah and Jerusalem will be as that girdle. Good for nothing.
2. God wants His children to be as close to Him as a girdle fits on a person.
3. God said He would fill all the inhabitants of Judah with drunkenness.
4. Give glory to God before He causes you to stumble in darkness.
5. Again, God warns of Judah being carried away captive.
6. For an evil person to do good, is about as hard as an Ethiopian changing the color of his skin, or the leopard his spots.
Jeremiah 14.
1. God tells Jeremiah to warn of a famine. He does and the prophets tell the people that there will not be a famine. Neither will they see the sword of the enemy.
2. God said to Jeremiah, "The prophets prophesy lies in my name: I sent them not, neither have I commanded them, neither spake unto them: they prophesy unto you a false vision and divination, and a thing of nought, and the deceit of their heart. By sword and famine shall those prophets be consumed."
Jeremiah 15.
1. God tells Jeremiah that even if Moses and Samuel pleaded these people's case, He would not change His mind. He's going to scatter them to all the nations of the earth.
2. Jeremiah ask God not to forget him, and to revenge him of his persecutors.
3. God reassures Jeremiah that his life will not be in jeopardy. No matter how bad things may get.
Jeremiah 16.
1. God tells Jeremiah not to take a wife and have any children in this place, for all are going to die grievous deaths.
2. God tells Jeremiah not to associate with the people. Visit, eat with, etc.
3. When the people ask Jeremiah why is God doing this to them. God tells him to reply, that it's because their forefathers have forsaken Him, and they have done worse.
Jeremiah 17.
1. God said, "I will cause thee to serve thine enemies in the land which thou knowest not: for ye have kindled a fire in mine anger, which shall burn for ever."
2. Cursed be the man that trusteth in man.
3. Blessed is the man that trusteth in the LORD, and whose hope the LORD is. For he shall be as a tree planted by the waters.
4. The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked.
5. All that forsake God shall be ashamed.
6. Jeremiah asked God not to let him be confounded nor dismayed, but destroy them with a double destruction.
7. God tells Jeremiah to instruct the people to keep the Sabbath day. If they will, things will go good for them, but If they don't, He will kindle a fire in the gates thereof, and it shall devour the palaces of Jerusalem, and it shall not be quenched.
Jeremiah 18.
1. God commands Jeremiah to go to a potters house, and there he will hear His words. As Jeremiah watched, the thing being made became blemished, so the potter made it into something else. God said to Jeremiah, "O house of Israel, cannot I do with you, as this potter? Behold, as the clay is in the potter's hand, so are ye in mine hand, O house of Israel.
2. Again, God implores them to repent.
3. The virgin of Israel hath done a very horrible thing.
4. A plot is devised against Jeremiah. He prays to God, saying, "Shall evil be recompensed for good? For they have digged a pit for my soul. Remember that I stood before thee to speak good for them, and to turn away thy wrath from them."
5. Read the rest of this prayer and find out how Jeremiah felt about these people, and the things he ask of God, concerning them.
Jeremiah 19.
    More warnings from God.
1. God tells Jeremiah to get a potters vessel, take it, along with the elders of the people and priest, and go to the valley of the son of Hinnom, and tell them, Hear ye the word of the LORD, O kings of Judah, and inhabitants of Jerusalem; Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel; Behold, I will bring evil upon this place, the which whosoever heareth, his ears shall tingle. Because they have forsaken me, and have estranged this place.
2. The valley of the son of Hinnom will be known as the valley of slaughter. God will make it desolate.
3. God tells Jeremiah, "Then shalt thou break the bottle in the sight of the men that go with thee. And shalt say unto them, Thus saith the LORD of hosts; Even so will I break this people and this city, as one breaketh a potter's vessel, that cannot be made whole again. I will bring upon this city and upon all her towns all the evil that I have pronounced against it."
Jeremiah 20.
    Jeremiah is put in prison.
1. Pashur, (chief governor of the house of the Lord), has Jeremiah beaten up and put in prison.
2. When Jeremiah is let out of prison. He gives an earful to Pashur. Words direct from God. The king of Babylon shall come and take all of Judah captive to Babylon. He also tells Pashur of his fate.
3. Jeremiah prays to God, telling Him how he's being mocked and persecuted. Jeremiah even says that he's not going to talk to the people any more, because of it, but that the words of God are so strong in his heart that he just cant hold back. I think that's just the way God wanted it.
4. Jeremiah asked God to allow him to see the vengeance He takes on them.
5. Everyone needs to read this. If you think working for God is easy, just ask Jeremiah when you see him.
Jeremiah 21.
1. Zedekiah, (king of Judah), sent Pashur to Jeremiah, asking him to call upon God for them. For Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon, is about to wage war.
2. Jeremiah sends to Zedekiah, the message from God. And it ain't good. Not only will they have to fight the king of Babylon, but God Himself, will join in the battle with great anger and wrath. They're going to learn that it don't pay to mess with God.
3. God tells them. "Behold, I set before you the way of life, and the way of death. He that abideth in this city shall die by the sword, and by the famine, and by the pestilence: but he that goeth out, and falleth, (become captive), to the Chaldeans that besiege you, he shall live."
Jeremiah 22.
    God sends Jeremiah to talk directly to Zedekiah, (king of Judah).
1. Tells Jeremiah to say the following. "Thus saith the LORD; Execute ye judgment and righteousness, and deliver the spoiled out of the hand of the oppressor: and do no wrong, do no violence to the stranger, the fatherless, nor the widow, neither shed innocent blood in this place. But if ye will not hear these words, I swear by myself, saith the LORD, that this house shall become a desolation."
2. God, through Jeremiah, gives the king a good lecture. This is part of what was said by God. "I spake unto thee in thy prosperity; but thou saidst, I will not hear. This hath been thy manner from thy youth, that thou obeyedst not my voice."
3. God also gives this message again. "I will give thee into the hand of them that seek thy life, and into the hand of them whose face thou fearest, even into the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon, and into the hand of the Chaldeans."
4. O earth, earth, earth, hear the word of the LORD.
Jeremiah 23.
    False prophets and the burden of the Lord.
1. Woe be unto the pastors that destroy and scatter the sheep of my pasture! saith the LORD.
2. God will gather His remnant out of all the countries in which He has sent them.
3.
* Verses 5 and 6 are direct references to Jesus Christ. God describes how it will be for his people at the second coming of Christ.
4. God said, "Both prophet and priest are profane. The prophets have caused my people, Israel, to err. They speak their own words and not mine. I have not sent these prophets, yet they ran. I have not spoken to them, yet they prophesied."
5. There is no secret place, where one can hide from God.
6. God's word is like a fire, and a hammer.
7. Verses 33 thru 40, tells us what God will do to those, who say, they have a burden from God.
Jeremiah 24.
    The good, and, the bad figs.
1. In this chapter, Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon, has already carried away captive Jeconiah the son of Jehoiakim king of Judah, and the princes of Judah, with the carpenters and smiths, from Jerusalem, and had brought them to Babylon.
2. This chapter holds the information that most biblical scholars use to determine the start of the final generation, the planting again, of the good fig tree, Judah, (know today as Israel), becoming a nation again, in 1948. It also tells of the bad figs.
Jeremiah 25.
1. God, through Jeremiah, tells of Judah going into captivity at Babylon for seventy years. After that, He will punish the king of Babylon.
2. This chapter gets very prophetic about the end times, and God's cup of wrath that's to be poured out on all the nations of the earth.
3. God is telling the whole world, If I bring evil, (or break to pieces), this city that is called by my name, surely, you don't think you'll go unpunished.
Jeremiah 26.
    Jeremiah is threatened with death.
1. Jeremiah keeps doing the will of God. Telling the people what God has commanded him to do. And what was that? Repent. Turn from their evil ways and God will stop, what He's about to do.
2. They lay hands on Jeremiah and threaten to kill him, until a certain man of the elders, comes to his rescue.
Jeremiah 27.
1. God tells Jeremiah to make bonds, (halters), and yokes, and wear them around his neck. Also make them for messengers to wear and send them to all the kingdoms around Judah, and say to them, "Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, now have I given all these lands into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon, my servant; and the beasts of the field have I given him also to serve him.
2. God tells of the false prophets that keep saying, "It isn't going to happen."
3. God makes it pretty plain, serve the king of Babylon or die.
Jeremiah 28.
    Hananiah, the false prophet.
1. Hananiah claims that God has broken the yoke of the king of Babylon, and that within two years, He will bring everyone and everything home from Babylon.
2. Jeremiah tells him in front of all those in the house of the lord, when the word of a prophet comes true, then he is recognized as such. Hananiah gets mad and breaks the wooden yoke hanging around Jeremiah's neck. Jeremiah goes his way.
3. God tells Jeremiah to go tell Hananiah that he broke a wooden yoke, but he cannot break the iron yoke that He put around the necks of all those countries. Jeremiah also tells Hananiah that he, (Hananiah), will be dead within the year. And he was.
Jeremiah 29.
    Jeremiah's letter to the captives in Babylon. The good figs.
1. God, through Jeremiah, tells them to build houses, take wives, have children, seek peace, and when seventy years are done, He, (God), will bring them back to Jerusalem.
2. Two false prophets write letters to those remaining in Jerusalem speaking evil against Jeremiah. God takes care of that little problem.
Jeremiah 30.
    End time prophecy.
1. Jeremiah is told by God to write this in a book.
2. Again, God will bring Israel and Judah into captivity, but He will cause them to return again, to the land He promised to their forefathers.
3. God said, "I see every man with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness."
4. The time of Jacob's trouble.
5.
* Verse 9 refers to Jesus Christ after His return.
6. God said, "I am with thee, saith the LORD, to save thee: though I make a full end of all nations whither I have scattered thee, yet will I not make a full end of thee: but I will correct thee in measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished. Ye shall be my people, and I will be your God."
7. Behold, the whirlwind of the LORD goeth forth with fury, a continuing whirlwind: it shall fall with pain upon the head of the wicked. The fierce anger of the LORD shall not return, until he have done it, and until he have performed the intents of his heart. In the latter days ye shall consider it.
Jeremiah 31.
    More end time prophecy.
1. God said, "I be the God of all the families of Israel, and they shall be my people."
2. There shall be a day, that the watchmen shall cry, Arise ye, and let us go up to Zion unto the LORD our God.
3. The God that scattered Israel, will gather him, and keep him, as a shepherd keeps his flock.
4. They shall come and sing in the height of Zion, and not sorrow any more at all.
5.
* Verse 15 refers to Jesus.
6. God will satisfy the weary soul.
7. Everyone is responsible for their own sin, not someone else's.
8.
** God will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and the house of Judah. In most Bibles this verse refers to Jesus. In the two verses below, is the covenant.

Jer 31:33 But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days, saith the LORD, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be my people.
Jer 31:34 And they shall teach no more every man his neighbour, and every man his brother, saying, Know the LORD: for they shall all know me, from the least of them unto the greatest of them, saith the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more.

Jeremiah 32.
  
 Jeremiah in prison and more end time prophecy.
1. For prophesying that Judah will be taken captive by Babylon, king Zedekiah has Jeremiah put into prison. While in prison God tells Jeremiah that his cousin will visit and want him to purchase a piece of land. Sure enough it happened. Jeremiah bought the property and God told him to put the deed in a earthen vessel so that it would last many days. This job he gave to Baruch, his scribe. If, like the Dead Sea Scrolls, this deed is found, it should clarify ownership. Even now, 2006.
2. Jeremiah prays to God, giving Him great praise and honor. Talks about how Babylon has come to take the city.
3. God answers Jeremiah. Tells of how Jerusalem shall be destroyed and rebuilt. Goes over again, the reasons why.
4. God tells Jeremiah, "As I have brought all this great evil upon this people, so will I bring upon them all the good that I have promised them.
Jeremiah 33.
    Jeremiah still in prison, and more end time prophecy.
1. While still in prison, God tells Jeremiah that He will cause the captivity of Jerusalem to cease. He will cleanse them of their sins and pardon all heir iniquities. They shall bring sacrifice of praise, into the house of the Lord.
2. God goes on to tell Jeremiah how it's going to be in the end.
3.
** Verses 15 and 16 refer to Jesus.
4. There will forever be someone on the throne of David and also the Levitical priesthood shall prevail.
5. The seed of David shall be as the stars of heaven and the sands of the sea.
Jeremiah 34.
1. God commands Jeremiah to talk with king Zedekiah, face to face. Telling him that Jerusalem is given to the king of Babylon. The city shall be burned, Zedekiah shall meet eye to eye with the king of Babylon. He continues to tell of his fate.
2. The broken covenant Zedekiah made with the people, proclaiming liberty to them.
Jeremiah 35.
    The obedience of the Rechabites.
1. God has Jeremiah test the Rechabites, (the offspring of Cain), to demonstrate their loyalty and obedience to their father.
2. God said, "Because the sons of Jonadab the son of Rechab have performed the commandment of their father, which he commanded them; but this people hath not hearkened unto me: therefore thus saith the LORD God of hosts, the God of Israel; Behold, I will bring upon Judah and upon all the inhabitants of Jerusalem all the evil that I have pronounced against them: because I have spoken unto them, but they have not heard; and I have called unto them, but they have not answered."
3. For the Rechabites loyalty to their father, therefore thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel; "Jonadab the son of Rechab shall not want a man to stand before me for ever."
Jeremiah 36.
1. God tells Jeremiah to write in a book, all the words that He has spoken to him concerning Israel and Judah.
2. Jeremiah talks and Baruch writes.
3. Baruch reads it to all the people in the house of the Lord. The book makes it's way even to the king, who burns it.
4. God tells Jeremiah to rewrite the book. Jeremiah talks and Baruch writes. This time, many more words were added. I guess it's this book of Jeremiah. All fifty two chapters. Also God has Jeremiah tell the king of his fate. It's not good.
Jeremiah 37.
    This chapter starts just prior to Jeremiah being put into prison.
1. At the request of Zedekiah, Pharaoh's army of Egypt, had come to help against the invasion from Babylon. When they came, the Chaldeans, (Babylonians), departed.
2. Zedekiah sends a priest to Jeremiah. Wants him to pray to God for them.
3. God, through Jeremiah, tells Zedekiah that Pharaoh's army shall return to Egypt and the Chaldeans will come again. It seems Jeremiah is always the bearer of bad news.
4. Jeremiah is beaten up and put into prison.
5. After some time, Zedekiah sends for him and ask, Is there any word from God? The answer is yes, but it's not good news.
6. He has Jeremiah put back into prison. His rations are one piece of bread each day, until all food in the city is gone.
Jeremiah 38.
1. Some want Jeremiah put to death. Instead he's put into a dungeon. A deep well with mud in the bottom. No food.
2. Ebedmelech persuades the king to have Jeremiah taken out of the dungeon and for him to remain in the prison. There's no more bread in the city.
3. Zedekiah meets secretly with Jeremiah. He swears not to have Jeremiah killed. Wants Jeremiah to tell him what God says. Jeremiah does. The answers is, if you do this, and if you do that.
4. Jeremiah remains in prison until Jerusalem is taken.
Jeremiah 39.
1. Well, after thirty eight chapters of warnings, here comes the king of Babylon, breaking down the walls of Jerusalem and burning it with fire.
2. Zedekiah tries to escape, but is caught. His sons are killed in front of him, he is then blinded, and he and all the remnant of the city are carried away to Babylon, with one exception.
3. The poor that had nothing is left in Judah to tend the fields and vineyards.
4. Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon, leaves Nebuzaradan, captain of the guards, in charge, ordering him to take good care of Jeremiah.
5. God assures Jeremiah that He will deliver Ebedmelech unharmed.
Jeremiah 40.
1. Nebuzaradan gives Jeremiah the opportunity to go to Babylon and promises to take care of him, or he can do as he pleases.
2. Jeremiah chooses to remain in Judah with the poor. Nebuzaradan gives him food and a reward. This word, reward, can mean, (a raising as of the hands in prayer, or a present), so I really don't know what it was. It's very obvious that Nebuzaradan liked Jeremiah.
3. The king of Babylon made Gedaliah governor of Judah, leaving him in charge of the poor.
4. Gedaliah is told of a threat to his life. He discards it as rumor.
Jeremiah 41.
    The conspiracy against Gedaliah turns out to be true.
1. Ishmael murders Gedaliah and those men around him in Mizpah. Then goes on another killing spree. He also takes captive, the residue of the people of Mizpah, including king Zedekiah's daughters.
2. Johanan pursues Gedaliah and recovers the captives, bringing them to Chimham, which is by Bethlehem, preparing to go into Egypt.
Jeremiah 42.
1. The remnant of Judah ask Jeremiah to pray to God on their behalf. They will obey whatever God says.
2. After ten days God replies through Jeremiah. If they will stay in Judah, things will go well. If they go into Egypt, there they die.
Jeremiah 43.
1. No sooner had Jeremiah quit talking and the men called him a liar, and stated they were going into Egypt. So Johanan and all the captains of the forces took all the remnant, including Jeremiah, Baruch, and king Zedekiah's daughters, into Egypt. To a place called Tahpanhes.
This is a good place to insert something. The story of Zedekiah's daughters doesn't end here. There's a video documentary called, Stone of Destiny, by E. Raymond Capt, that tells much more. It's based on his book called, Jacob's Pillar. I strongly recommend both these items.
2. God, through Jeremiah, tells of Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon, coming to conquer Egypt.
Jeremiah 44.
1. The people of Judah, who came into Egypt, start worshiping other gods. Including little miss queen of heaven.
2. God, through Jeremiah, after some lecturing, tells again of the coming invasion of Egypt from Babylon.
Jeremiah 45.
1. God, through Jeremiah, tells Baruch not to seek great things for himself. That his life will be enough, in all places that he will go.
Jeremiah 46.
1. Warnings from God, through Jeremiah, to the Egyptians. Prepare yourselves, for the king of Babylon shall come, and smite the land.
2. Israel is not to be dismayed. They shall return and be at rest, and none shall make them afraid.
Jeremiah 47.
1. The word of the LORD that came to Jeremiah the prophet against the Philistines.
2. An overflowing flood out of the north, the noise of horses and chariots, coming to spoil the Philistines.
Jeremiah 48.
    God's judgment on Moab.
1. There's much detail about the destruction of Moab. They have trusted in their works and treasures.
2. The spoiler shall come upon every city, and none shall escape.
3. Moab shall be ashamed, as Israel was ashamed.
4. God reminds them, that when Israel was in trouble, Moab laughed and jumped for joy. Now Moab will swallow their own vomit, and others will laugh at them.
5. God will break Moab as a piece of pottery that He finds no pleasure in.
6. God also says that He will repeat this in the end times.
Jeremiah 49.
1. Concerning the Ammonites, saith the LORD. I will cause an alarm of war to be heard in Rabbah of the Ammonites; and it shall be a desolate heap, and her daughters shall be burned with fire.
2. Concerning Edom, saith the LORD. I have made Esau bare. All the cities thereof shall be perpetual waste. Though he tries to make his nest as high as the eagle, God will bring him down. Edom shall be a desolation, as Sodom and Gomorrah.
3. Concerning Damascus. In that day, saith the LORD of hosts, "I will kindle a fire in the wall of Damascus, and it shall consume the palaces of Benhadad."
4. Concerning Kedar and Hazor. The king of Babylon is coming.
5. "Upon Elam will I bring the four winds from the four quarters of heaven, and will scatter them toward all those winds; and there shall be no nation whither the outcasts of Elam shall not come." Saith the LORD.
Jeremiah 50.
    The destruction of Babylon.
1. A very descriptive chapter about the destruction of Babylon. Not only in the past, but the future Babylon as well. Mystery Babylon of Revelation.
2. There's lots of end time prophecy here. Israel and Judah shall be together again.
3. God said, "My people hath been lost sheep. Their shepherds have caused them to go astray. Israel is a scattered sheep. The lions have driven him away. First the king of Assyria hath devoured him, and last this Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon hath broken his bones."
4. Both Judah and Israel shall be pardoned.
5. The most proud shall stumble and fall, and none shall raise him up. Most proud? Satan?
Jeremiah 51.
     More about the destruction of Babylon.

1. Chapters 50 and 51 has a total of 110 verses about the destruction of Babylon. Both the Babylon of old time and the future one. This is a must to read. I want to include some verses that tells who is going to help God in this destruction.

Jer 51:19 The portion of Jacob is not like them; for he is the former of all things: and Israel is the rod of his inheritance: the LORD of hosts is his name.
Jer 51:20 Thou art my battle ax and weapons of war: for with thee will I break in pieces the nations, and with thee will I destroy kingdoms;
Jer 51:21 And with thee will I break in pieces the horse and his rider; and with thee will I break in pieces the chariot and his rider;
Jer 51:22 With thee also will I break in pieces man and woman; and with thee will I break in pieces old and young; and with thee will I break in pieces the young man and the maid;
Jer 51:23 I will also break in pieces with thee the shepherd and his flock; and with thee will I break in pieces the husbandman and his yoke of oxen; and with thee will I break in pieces captains and rulers.

I want to include the last five verses of this chapter.

Jer 51:60 So Jeremiah wrote in a book all the evil that should come upon Babylon, even all these words that are written against Babylon.
Jer 51:61 And Jeremiah said to Seraiah, When thou comest to Babylon, and shalt see, and shalt read all these words;
Jer 51:62 Then shalt thou say, O LORD, thou hast spoken against this place, to cut it off, that none shall remain in it, neither man nor beast, but that it shall be desolate for ever.
Jer 51:63 And it shall be, when thou hast made an end of reading this book, that thou shalt bind a stone to it, and cast it into the midst of Euphrates:
Jer 51:64 And thou shalt say, Thus shall Babylon sink, and shall not rise from the evil that I will bring upon her: and they shall be weary. Thus far are the words of Jeremiah.

Boy! Don't God know how to phrase things.

Jeremiah 52.
1. This chapter is a review of king Zedekiah rebelling against the king of Babylon, the fall of Jerusalem, some of the riches taken to Babylon, and a tally of those taken captive.

Lamentations

Lamentations has 5 chapters, 154 verses, and contains 3,415 words. The word lamentations is derived from the Vulgate, (Latin version). Although the author is not identified, most scholars believe it to be Jeremiah.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Lamentations 1.
1. Great sorrow and grief is shown in this chapter for the destruction of Jerusalem and the captivity of it's people.
2. Judah has gone into captivity for the multitude of her transgressions.
3. She is now despised by those that once honored her.
4. The enemies of Jerusalem are glad it happened.
5. For these things, the author weeps.
Lamentations 2.
1. This chapter tells of how God Himself was as an enemy. He stood with his right hand as an adversary.
2. The false prophets of Jerusalem's saw vain and foolish things for her.
3. All that pass by, clap their hands at thee; they hiss and wag their head at the daughter of Jerusalem, saying, Is this the city that men call The perfection of beauty, The joy of the whole earth?
4. God has fulfilled His word.
5. More mourning for Jerusalem.
Lamentations 3.
    The inner feelings of someone describing the effects of the wrath of God.
1. Feeling as though he is in constant darkness with no light. Being surrounded and cannot get out. Being enclosed with stones. Feeling as though there's a lion or bear just ahead, to get you. Being the target for someone's weapons. As though you're being laughed at by all people. No peace for the soul. You forget all about prosperity.
    Hope
2. But then, with this all in mind, his soul still remembers, therefore there is hope.
3. It's good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.
4. The Lord will not cast off for ever.
5. It's not God's will to afflict nor grieve His children.
6. No evil comes from the mouth of God, only good.
7. Why should a man complain for the punishment of his sins?
8. The author, (I believe to be Jeremiah), weeps because everything his eyes see, affects his heart.
9. Jeremiah's brief description of being in the dungeon.
Lamentations 4.
    A nation on top of the world, goes to the bottom.
1. The fall of Jerusalem wasn't quick. The Babylonians encamped the city and starved them out. About two and one half years it took.
2. This chapter has graphic descriptions of the starvation of the people of Jerusalem.
3. The men of Zion, once compared to fine gold, are now, as a common pot.

A few verses of the description.

Lam 4:4 The tongue of the sucking child cleaveth to the roof of his mouth for thirst: the young children ask bread, and no man breaketh it unto them.
Lam 4:6 For the punishment of the iniquity of the daughter of my people is greater than the punishment of the sin of Sodom, that was overthrown as in a moment, and no hands stayed on her.
Lam 4:9 They that be slain with the sword are better than they that be slain with hunger: for these pine away, stricken through for want of the fruits of the field.

4. After all the starvation, this is said. "Our end is near, our days are fulfilled; for our end is come."
Lamentations 5.
1. Although God has utterly rejected His people and is very mad, Jeremiah prays for Him to renew them, as in the days of old.
2. The prayer contains some more graphic descriptions of the conditions of Jerusalem at that time.

Ezekiel

Ezekiel has 48 chapters, 1,273 verses, and contains 39,407 words. He was born in Judah in the days of Josiah and taken into captivity in the year 597 B.C. The name Ezekiel means, God will strengthen.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Ezekiel 1.
1. Ezekiel was among the captives, when the heavens were opened, and he saw visions of God.
2. Ezekiel goes on to describe what we would call today, an unidentified flying object. More than one. He is very detailed with the description. A wheel within a wheel. A ring about it with portholes. People on board. One even had God's throne aboard, with a rainbow about it. Ezekiel falls on his face and hears a voice. Sound far fetched? Read for yourself.
Ezekiel 2.
1. God speaks to Ezekiel saying, "Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against me. They and their fathers have transgressed against me, even unto this very day. They are impudent children and stiffhearted.
2. Ezekiel is shown a book written within and without, having lamentations, mournings and woe.
Ezekiel 3.
1. Ezekiel is filled with the words of God, and is told to go to the house of Israel, and speak to them, His words.
2. God tells Ezekiel, "The house of Israel will not hearken unto thee; for they will not hearken unto me. Fear them not, neither be dismayed at their looks."
3. The spirit, (aircraft?), lifted him up and took him to Telabib, among the captives. He remained there seven days, astonished, (stunned or  amazed). I guess we would be to.
4. At the end of the seven days, God tells Ezekiel, "Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth, and give them warning from me."
5. God explains to Ezekiel, the responsibility of being a prophet.
6. God tells Ezekiel to go into the plain and wait for further instructions.
7. God makes Ezekiel unable to speak for a short while.
Ezekiel 4.
    Symbolism. The tile and the iron pan.
1. God instructs Ezekiel to build a model of the city of Jerusalem. It is to show an enemy laying siege to it. Battering rams, etc. This is to be a sign to the house of Israel, of their soon coming destruction.
2. He's instructed to lay on his left side for 390 days for Israel, then upon his right side for 40 days for Judah. Each day represents one year. The years of their iniquity.
3. Ezekiel is given a strict diet to sustain him through this ordeal. It represents Jerusalem's conditions during the upcoming siege.
Ezekiel 5.
    More Symbolism. The sharp knife, a barber's razor, and a pair of balances.
1. Ezekiel is instructed to shave his head and beard, divide the hair by weight, and do certain things with it. Each thing he is instructed to do with the hair, represents what is to happen to Jerusalem, during the siege.
Ezekiel 6.
1. God, through Ezekiel, tells that He's going to destroy their pagan worship places, lay the bodies of their dead children around their idols, and their bones around the altars.
2. God will leave a remnant, and they will remember Him among the nations where they shall be captive.
3. God tells Ezekiel to, "Smite with thine hand, and stamp with thy foot, and say, Alas for all the evil abominations of the house of Israel! for they shall fall by the sword, by the famine, and by the pestilence."
4. God is going to make the land desolate.
Ezekiel 7.
    More warnings from God. An end is come.
1. God will judge them according to their ways, repay them for their abominations, and have no pity. He repeats this for emphasis.
2. They shall cast their silver in the streets, and their gold shall be removed: their silver and their gold shall not be able to deliver them in the day of the wrath of the LORD.
3. More descriptive verses on what's to happen.
Ezekiel 8.
1. Ezekiel sees the glory of God, as he saw while in the plain. He is lifted by the hair of his head and taken to Jerusalem. There he is shown the evil worship practices of the people. From worshiping false gods to worshiping the sun. They even had imaginary gods.
2. Then God said to Ezekiel. "Therefore will I also deal in fury: mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity: and though they cry in mine ears with a loud voice, yet will I not hear them."
Ezekiel 9.
1. Ezekiel is shown, in a vision, the preparing for the slaughter of the inhabitants of Jerusalem.
2. He sees a man with an inkhorn on his side. God tells the man to go throughout the city and put a mark upon the forehead of those who sigh and cry for the abominations being done in Jerusalem.
3. Then God said, "Slay utterly old and young, both maids, and little children, and women: but come not near any man upon whom is the mark; and begin at my sanctuary."
4. Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.
Ezekiel 10.
1. In this chapter, Ezekiel once more gives vivid details of the aircraft he saw at the first. Here God and those with Him are preparing to leave. They lift up from the earth, near the east gate of the temple at Jerusalem. Again, sound far fetched? Read it for yourself.
Ezekiel 11.
1. Again, the spirit, (aircraft?), brought Ezekiel to the east gate of the temple. There he sees the princes of the people. God tells him that they're the wicked counselors of the city.
2. God tells Ezekiel to rebuke them. When he does, one of them falls dead.
3. God assures Ezekiel that even though the people will go into captivity, that He will gather them from the nations where He sends them. They shall be His People and He will be their God. But as for them whose heart walketh after the heart of their detestable things and their abominations, I will recompense their way upon their own heads, saith the Lord GOD.
4. Now the aircraft, God and those with Him, went up from the midst of the city, and stood on the mountain that is on the east side of Jerusalem.
5. They return Ezekiel to the land of the Chaldea, to those in captivity. There Ezekiel told of all the things God had shown him.
Ezekiel 12.
    More Symbolism.
1. Ezekiel is told to pack up his stuff, do it in such a way that all will know it's for going into captivity. He's to dig a hole through the wall and carry his stuff out. It's for a sign to the people, what's going to happen to them.
2. God tells Ezekiel to say to the people, "I am your sign: like as I have done, so shall it be done unto them: they shall remove and go into captivity."
3. Then he tells of how Zedekiah will be blinded, taken to Babylon, and die there.
4. God tells Ezekiel to eat his bread and drink his water with trembling hands and do it very careful. This is another sign to Jerusalem about how they will have to ration their food. Famine is on the way. It's Coming soon.
Ezekiel 13.
    Woe to the foolish prophets.
1. To the prophets that say, "The Lord saith", and God has not sent them. They have spoken lies. They claim peace and there is no peace.
2. This chapter goes beyond the fall of Jerusalem, even future of today, 2006. It mentions destruction by great hailstones, and that doesn't occur until the end time.
3. God asked the question. "Will ye pollute me among my people for handfuls of barley and for pieces of bread?"
4. God is against those that teach, that you can fly, to save your soul.

Ezek 13:20 Wherefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I am against your pillows, wherewith ye there hunt the souls to make them fly, and I will tear them from your arms, and will let the souls go, even the souls that ye hunt to make them fly.

Ezekiel 14.
    Idols of the heart.
1. Certain elders of Israel came to talk to Ezekiel. God informs him that they have idols in their heart, (or mind). Should I listen to them at all? Saith God.
2. God said, if any of those come to a prophet to inquire of Him, that He, (God), will deal with them personally. He will set His face against that man. And if a prophet is deceived by that man, the prophet's punishment will be the same as that man's.
3. God wants to be their God, and for them to be His people.
4. Things are so bad in Jerusalem, God said if Noah, Daniel, and Job were there, even they, could not help those people at all. He states this four times. I guess for emphasis.
5. Even with things that bad, God said He would leave a remnant.
Ezekiel 15.
    The useless vine.
1. God compares Jerusalem to a useless vine. It's good for nothing but to use as fuel to burn.
2. Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; As the vine tree among the trees of the forest, which I have given to the fire for fuel, so will I give the inhabitants of Jerusalem.
Ezekiel 16.
    Jerusalem, The unfaithful wife. As God told Ezekiel to tell it.
1. God finds Jerusalem as an infant having been abandoned. He nourishes her. As she matures into a young lady, He marries her. (Very graphic language used in this chapter). God gave her everything. She had it made. But then what happened?
2. She becomes a whore. (Very graphic descriptions of her actions). She's worse than Sodom, and her sister Samaria. She can't be satisfied.
3. God tells her, You have this whoring business all backwards. Your lovers are suppose to pay you, but you pay them.
4. God describes three things as being a big problem. Pride, fullness of bread, (or plenty of everything), and, abundance of idleness.
5. Even with all this, God said. "Nevertheless, I will remember my covenant with thee in the days of thy youth, and I will establish unto thee an everlasting covenant."
Ezekiel 17.
    The eagle and the high branch of the cedar.
1. God tells Ezekiel to speak a parable unto the people of Israel, of an eagle and a cedar tree.
2. The meaning of the parable includes the coming of the king of Babylon, the taking of the king and his princes captive, Zedekiah rebelling and asking help of Egypt, and that he shall not escape.
Ezekiel 18.
1. All souls are mine, saith the LORD.
2. The father will not be held accountable for the sins of the son, nor will the son be held accountable for the sins of the father.
3. If the wicked will turn from all his sins that he hath committed, and keep all my statutes, and do that which is lawful and right, he shall surely live, he shall not die. All his transgressions that he hath committed, they shall not be mentioned unto him: in his righteousness that he hath done he shall live.
4. When the righteous turneth away from his righteousness, and committeth iniquity, and doeth according to all the abominations that the wicked man doeth, shall he live? All his righteousness that he hath done shall not be mentioned: in his trespass that he hath trespassed, and in his sin that he hath sinned, in them shall he die.
5. I have no pleasure in the death of him that dieth, saith the Lord GOD: wherefore turn yourselves, and live.
Ezekiel 19.
1. A lamentation, (or sad song), regarding some of the kings of Israel and Judah.
Ezekiel 20.
1. Some of the elders of Israel come to Ezekiel, asking him to inquire of God for them. God isn't going to listen. Gives a lengthy report of Israel's rebellious history since coming out of Egypt, and states that things have not improved.
2. God stated three times, that the reason He didn't punish Israel more, was for His name sake, and He didn't want His name polluted in sight of the heathen.
3. God reminds them that He told, way back then, that He would scatter them among the heathen, and throughout the countries.
4. Even with all this, God tells of how He will gather his people from all the countries, purge out the rebels among them, and in His holy mountain, there shall all Israel serve him, and there He will accept them. All for His name sake.
5. God tells of how He will kindle a fire. All faces from the south to the north shall be burned, and all flesh shall know that He did it.
6. Ezekiel states, the people already say, that he speaks in parables.
Ezekiel 21.
1. God, through Ezekiel, said that He will draw His well sharpened and brightly polished sword. Put it in the hands of the slayer, (the king of Babylon), and it shall be upon His people, (Israel).
2.
* Remove the diadem, and take off the crown, saith the Lord GOD. I will overturn, overturn, overturn, it: and it shall be no more, until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it Him. I believe this refers to Jesus.
3. God announces judgment on the Ammonites. They shall be no more remembered.
Ezekiel 22.
1. God will make Jerusalem a reproach and a mocking, to all the countries.
2. Some of the sins of Jerusalem, including incest, murder, usury, extortion, dishonest gain, and, forgetting God.
3. God repeats that He will scatter them throughout the world.
4. The house of Israel is to become as dross, (or trash).
5. As silver is melted in the midst of the furnace, so shall ye be melted in the midst thereof; and ye shall know that I the LORD have poured out my fury upon you.
6. Jerusalem is full of false prophets. Their priest make no difference between the holy and the profane, nor the clean and the unclean.
7. God said, "I sought for a man among them, that should make up the hedge, and stand in the gap before me for the land, that I should not destroy it: but I found none.
Ezekiel 23.
1. God compares Samaria, (Israel), and Jerusalem, (Judah), to two sisters. Aholah and Aholibah. Both belong to God, (the husband).
2. The older sister, Aholah, plays the harlot. Much detail is given to her actions. After seeing all the problems it brings to her, Aholibah does likewise. Receiving the same problems. The details are pretty graphic.
3. God is describing idolatry as adultery. I assume to get across to us, how He feels when we put something, or someone, before Him.
4. For their actions, Aholah, (Israel), is taken captive by the Assyrians, Aholibah, (Judah), is taken captive by the Babylonians.
Ezekiel 24.
    Symbolism. The Boiling Pot.
1. God has Ezekiel tell this parable to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. Get a pot, fill it with water, put the choicest meats in it. Let it boil until all has become scum. Just set it out on a rock and let it ruin. This is Jerusalem. Now build a huge fire and set the pot on it. Let the pot get very hot, that the filth and scum be consumed out of it. God will purge Jerusalem in this fashion.
2. God tells Ezekiel that his wife is going to die. He is not to mourn in any way, no crying, but dress up, and act as though nothing happened. When the people ask, What's this about? Ezekiel is to answer, "Thus, Ezekiel is unto you a sign: according to all that he hath done shall ye do: and when this cometh, ye shall know that I am the Lord GOD.
Ezekiel 25.
1. God's anger at the Ammonites, because of their reaction to Jerusalem going into captivity.
1. For thus saith the Lord GOD; "I will deliver thee to the men of the east for a possession. Because thou hast clapped thine hands, and stamped with the feet, and rejoiced in heart with all thy despite against the land of Israel. I will destroy thee."
2. God does likewise to Moab.
3. Prophecy is also given concerning Edom and the Philistines.
Ezekiel 26.
1. God's judgment on Tyrus, for the things they think and do, regarding Jerusalem's fall.
2. Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon will come and destroy Tyrus. It shall be, no more. Much detail is given to her destruction.
Ezekiel 27.
1. God says to Ezekiel, "Now, thou son of man, take up a lamentation for Tyrus; And say unto Tyrus, O thou that art situate at the entry of the sea, which art a merchant of the people for many isles, Thus saith the Lord GOD; O Tyrus, thou hast said, I am of perfect beauty."
2. It goes on to describe the destruction of that great city. It's very much the same as Mystery Babylon, of Revelation 18.
Ezekiel 28.
  
 Satan's death sentence.
1. In this chapter, God pronounces the death sentence on Satan, and gives the reasons why.
2. It starts off by calling him the prince of Tyrus.

     Some of what God says about him.
A. Thou hast said, I am a God, I sit in the seat of God.
B. Thou set thine heart as the heart of God.
C. By thy great wisdom and by thy traffic, hast thou increased thy riches, and thine heart is lifted up because of thy riches.
D. Wilt thou yet say before him that slayeth thee, I am God?

Now God addresses Satan as the king of Tyrus.

Some of what God says about him.
A. Son of man, take up a lamentation upon the king of Tyrus, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty.
B. Thou hast been in Eden.
C. He was created, not born.
D. He was the anointed cherub that protected the mercy seat.
E. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in thee.
F. Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty,
G. I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee.
H. I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee.
I. Thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more.

Ezekiel 29.
    Prophecies against Egypt.
1. Ezekiel is to speak, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I am against thee, Pharaoh king of Egypt. Thou shalt fall upon the open fields. I have given thee for meat to the beasts of the field and to the fowls of the heaven.
2. For the way they treated Israel, Egypt shall be desolate and waste. It wont be inhabited for forty years.
3. It shall be the basest of kingdoms, and shall never be above any other nations.
4. I will give the land of Egypt unto Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon.
5. In that day will I cause the power of the house of Israel to bud forth, and they shall know that I am the LORD.
Ezekiel 30.
    More prophetic verses on the fall of Egypt.
1. The word of the LORD came again unto me, saying, "The sword shall come upon Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt. Ethiopia, Libya, Lydia, all the mingled people, Chub, and the men of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword."
2. God will destroy all idol worship that's in Egypt.
3. I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down; and they shall know that I am the LORD, when I shall put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt, and I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them among the countries; and they shall know that I am the LORD.
Ezekiel 31.
    Pharaoh compared to Satan. Trees are used for symbolism.
1. God, through Ezekiel, ask Pharaoh and his multitude, "Whom art thou like in thy greatness?
2. God goes on to describe the Assyrian, (one of Satan's names).
3. The Assyrian was a cedar in Lebanon with fair branches, and with a shadowing shroud, and of an high stature.
4. His height was exalted above all the trees of the field,
5. The cedars in the garden of God could not hide him: the fir trees were not like his boughs, and the chestnut trees were not like his branches; nor any tree in the garden of God was like unto him in his beauty.
6. All the trees of Eden, that were in the garden of God, envied him.
7. God said, "I made the nations to shake at the sound of his fall, when I cast him down to hell with them that descend into the pit: and all the trees of Eden, the choice and best of Lebanon, all that drink water, shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth. They also went down into hell with him."
8. This is Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
Ezekiel 32.
  
 Terror in the land of the living.
1. A lamentation, (or sad song), for Pharaoh, king of Egypt.
2. God said, "When I shall put thee out, (destroy thee), I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light."
3. The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee.
4. Terror in the land of the living, is mentioned five times. I believe it refers to terrorism. Ever wonder what's going to happen to terrorist? Those that spread terror in the land of the living? The mighty ones in hell wont even have anything to do with them. That's how little they're thought of. I think that's what this verse indicates.

Ezek 32:27 And they shall not lie with the mighty that are fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.

Ezekiel 33.
    The duty of a watchman.
1. I'll just mention the repercussions of not doing the job. (God talking), "If the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at the watchman's hand. So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me."
    The wicked and the righteous.
2. As I live, saith the Lord GOD, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye from your evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?
3. The righteous who turn to sin, shall not live.
4. Ezekiel gets the news of Jerusalem's fall.
5. God tells Ezekiel, "They sit before thee as my people, and they hear thy words, but they will not do them: for with their mouth they show much love, but their heart goeth after their covetousness.
6. God said, "When this cometh to pass, (lo, it will come), then shall they know that a prophet hath been among them."
Ezekiel 34.
    Woe to the Shepherds of Israel that feed themselves.
1. God, through Ezekiel, gives warning to these shepherds.
2. Israel, (God's flock), was scattered because there was no shepherd. None did search them.
3. God will gather His flock, (Israel), from the nations where they have been scattered.
4. It goes on to describe how it's going to be when He does that. It's yet future.
5.
* Verses 23 and 24 makes direct reference to Jesus Christ. They will have one Shepherd and He shall feed them. God, will be their God, and David will be a prince among them.
6. They shall dwell safely and none shall make them afraid.
7. They shall know that I the LORD their God am with them, and that they, even the house of Israel, are my people, saith the Lord GOD.
8. And ye my flock, the flock of my pasture, are men, and I am your God, saith the Lord GOD.
Ezekiel 35.
  
 Prophecy against Mount Seir and Idumea.
1. Because thou hast had a perpetual hatred, and hast shed the blood of the children of Israel, I will make thee perpetual desolations, and thy cities shall not return: and ye shall know that I am the LORD.
2. Thus saith the Lord GOD; "When the whole earth rejoiceth, I will make thee desolate. As thou didst rejoice when the house of Israel was made desolate, so shall you be desolate, O mount Seir, and all Idumea."
3. It's so obvious that Israel is God's chosen people.
Ezekiel 36.
    Israel to be fully restored. End time prophecy.
1. Because the enemies of Israel wanted her for a possession, and she had to bear the shame of the heathen, God promises the following.
2. The heathen shall bear their own shame.
3. Israel will be better off in the end, than at the beginning.
4. God is not going to do it for Israel's sake, but for His holy name's sake.
5. The heathen will know that He is God.
6. God will give them a new heart and a new spirit.
7. God said, " ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.
8. Israel shall be like the garden Eden.
Ezekiel 37.
    The valley of dry bones. Symbolism.
1. Ezekiel is taken in the spirit to a valley full of dry bones. There he's told to prophecy to them and they shall live. He does, and he sees the bodies being restored. He is then told to prophecy to the four winds. He does, and the breath of life enters them and they stand a great army.
2. God then tells Ezekiel that these are the whole house of Israel.
3. Ezekiel is told to take two sticks. One for Israel and the other for Judah. Join them together and they will become one. This represents Judah and Israel becoming one nation again. It is yet future.
4.
* They will be one nation with one king. I believe this refers to Jesus.
5.
* This chapter is end time prophecy with verses 22, 24, and 25 referring to Jesus after His return.
Ezekiel 38.
    The prophecy against Gog, the land of Magog. That Northern Army.
1. This chapter contains prophecies of the very end time. God bringing that northern army against Israel. The battle that God Himself will fight.
2. It list the countries that join with that army to come against Israel.
3. It plainly states this will take place, in the latter years.
4. They come into a land that is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste, but it is brought forth out of the nations. A land of unwalled villages, a people at rest, and dwelling safely. They need no bars or gates for control. A people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land. Sounds like a very rich nation to me. Doesn't sound like that little nation we call Israel today, 2006. Are they at rest and dwelling safely?
5. The reason God gives for this, is so the heathen will know that He is God.
6. There will be a great shaking in the land of Israel. All mankind on the face of the earth, will shake at the presence of God.
7. Great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.
Ezekiel 39.
    More prophecy against Gog, the land of Magog. That Northern Army.
1. Again, God tells Ezekiel to Prophecy against Gog.
2. God will destroy all but a sixth part of the northern army.
3. They will fall upon the mountains of Israel and in the open field.
4. God will send fire on Magog, and on them that dwell securely, in the Isles.
5. God will make His name known in the midst of His people, Israel.
6. It describes the destroying of their weapons and the burying those of Gog, in the land of Israel. The valley of Hamongog. (I like to call this, the battle of Hamongog). Armageddon is talked about in Revelation 16. There, an army from the east, comes also. Revelation 9 states it to be , two hundred million strong.
7. God said, "I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them. So the house of Israel, shall know that I am the LORD their God, from that day and forward."
Ezekiel 40, 41, and 42.
1. From this point on, the book of Ezekiel is describing the one thousand year reign of Jesus Christ.
2. In chapters 40, 41, and 42, Ezekiel is shown the temple where Jesus will dwell during the one thousand year reign. There are 96 verses, describing the temple in very much detail.
3. There are three verses indicating the presence of Jesus.

Ezek 40:46 And the chamber whose prospect is toward the north is for the priests, the keepers of the charge of the altar: these are the sons of Zadok among the sons of Levi, which come near to the LORD to minister unto him.
Ezek 41:22 The altar of wood was three cubits high, and the length thereof two cubits; and the corners thereof, and the length thereof, and the walls thereof, were of wood: and he said unto me, This is the table that is before the LORD.
Ezek 42:13 Then said he unto me, The north chambers and the south chambers, which are before the separate place, they be holy chambers, where the priests that approach unto the LORD shall eat the most holy things: there shall they lay the most holy things, and the meat offering, and the sin offering, and the trespass offering; for the place is holy.

Ezekiel 43.
1. Ezekiel is taken to the eastern gate of the temple. There he sees the glory of the God of Israel, coming from the east. It's the same as he saw by the river Chebar.
2. Ezekiel is taken into the inner court. There the glory of the Lord filled the house.
3. God tells Ezekiel, "Son of man, the place of My throne, and the place of the soles of My feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever, and My holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile, neither they, nor their kings, by their whoredom, nor by the carcases of their kings in their high places."
4. Ezekiel is given more measurements, the laws, and the ordinances of the temple. He's told to write it down, and show it to the house of Israel.
Ezekiel 44.
1. The eastern gate is to remain shut, because the Lord God of Israel has entered there.
2. Ezekiel is told again, of the laws and ordinances. He's told to mark well, the way to enter the temple.
3. Instruction for the priest, including what to wear.
4. Only the sons of Zadok shall come near to Jesus Christ.
5. Verse 25 proves that we will recognize our loved ones there. The sons of Zadok can only visit those that were of their immediate family, and have to be cleansed for seven days, before they're allowed to approach Jesus again.
Ezekiel 45.
1. The measurements of the holy portion of land set aside for the priest to live, and where they shall come near the Lord to minister unto Him.
2. A portion set aside for the prince. (I believe to be king David). Chapter 34 states that David will be a prince among them.
3. The rest of the land is given to the house of Israel, according to their tribes.
4. All there will be just.
5. It goes on to describe offerings and sacrifices.
Ezekiel 46.
1. This chapter describes the worship of the prince, and the people.
2. The eastern gate is to be shut six days, but on the Sabbath it shall be open.
3. The prince shall enter there and worship at the threshold of the gate.
4. The people shall worship there also.
5. When people come for the solemn feast and enter the north gate, they shall go out through the south gate. No one shall leave the way he came.
6. It goes on to describe the offerings.
Ezekiel 47.
    The river of life flowing from the temple.
1. Ezekiel is led into the river. First to 1,000 cubits and the water was to the ankles. Another 1,000 cubits and the water was to the knees. Another 1,000 cubits and the water was at the loins. Another 1,000 cubits and it was over his head. A river he could not pass over. A cubit equals about 18 inches. One and one half feet. This river is about 1.13 miles to the middle. That would make this river 2.26 miles wide.
2. The waters of the river, flow through the land, and into the sea. Everywhere the waters go, there is healing.
3. There are trees on each side of the river. Their leaves for medicine. Medicine for what? I am going to insert two verses from Revelation, that I believe, describes this river, and the trees.

Rev 22:1 And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.
Rev 22:2 In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.

4. A general description of the dividing of the land.
Ezekiel 48.
1. This chapter gives a very detailed account of the dividing of the land according to the twelve tribes of Israel.
2. Remember, Joseph's blessing was divided between his two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Also, Levi, (the levitical priesthood), God is their inheritance.
3. This book ends with some very appropriate words. "The name of the city from that day shall be, The LORD is there."

Daniel

The book of Daniel has 12 chapters, 357 verses, and contains 11,606 words. Daniel lived in the sixth century B.C. The word Daniel means, Judge of God.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Daniel 1.
1. King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylon besieges Jerusalem and takes them captive. He chooses certain ones, to send to school for three years, that they might serve him upon their completion. They had to be children in whom was no blemish, well favoured, skilful in all wisdom, cunning in knowledge, and understanding science.
2. Among them were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah. Their names were changed to Belteshazzar, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
3. They're to eat from the king's table. Food, that by God's law, they are not supposed to eat.
4. God had brought Daniel into favour and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs.
5. Daniel devises a plan so he, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego will not have to eat the king's food. It works.
6. God gave all four of them, knowledge, skill in all learning, and wisdom.
7. Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.
8. At the end of three years in school, they were brought before the king. He found them to be ten times smarter than all the magicians and astrologers of his kingdom.
Daniel 2.
1. Nebuchadnezzar has a dream. He calls in all his magicians, astrologers, and sorcerers to interpret his dreams.
2. The king says he has forgotten the dream. They must not only interpret, but tell him what he dreamed. Naturally they can't. The king gets mad and orders all the wise men in the kingdom destroyed.
3. Daniel asked the king to wait, give him some time and he would interpret the dream. Daniel tells Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. They pray to God. If the dream isn't interpreted, they are to perish along with the others.
4. In a night vision, Daniel receives the dream and it's meaning. He immediately gives great praise and honor to God.
5. Daniel presents it to the king in such a way as to give all the glory and honor to God, and takes no credit for himself. The dream is about the end time. A great image. A head of fine gold, his breast and arms of silver, his belly and thighs of brass, his legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay.
6. The king promotes Daniel. He's made ruler over the whole province of Babylon and chief of the governors over all the wise men.
7. The king grants Daniel's request to set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego over the affairs of the province of Babylon.
8.
* Verses 44 and 45 make reference to Jesus Christ.
Daniel 3.
1. Nebuchadnezzar builds a statue, (image), like the one in his dream. Has a huge dedication party. All the big officials attend.
2. A decree is made that when the sound of music is heard, everyone is to bow and worship it.
3. Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refuse. Nebuchadnezzar gets furious. Has them bound and thrown into the fiery furnace, which has been heated seven times hotter than normal.
4.
* Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonied, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counsellors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God, (Jesus).
5. All those present were witness to this, and saw that the fire had no power, nor was an hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them.
6. Nebuchadnezzar has a change of heart, makes a decree that no one is to say anything against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
7. The king promotes Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
Daniel 4.
1. King Nebuchadnezzar is the author of this chapter. He starts the letter like this.
2. To all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you. I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God hath wrought toward me. How great are his signs! and how mighty are his wonders! his kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and his dominion is from generation to generation.
3. He then goes on to tell the story.
4. He has another dream that none of his wise men can interpret. That is except Daniel. The dream is about a great and strong tree, reaching up to heaven, getting cut down, but the stump is left. It was said in the dream, "Let his heart be changed from man's, and let a beast's heart be given unto him: and let seven times pass over him."
5. Daniel is hesitant to tell the king the interpretation. The king tells him not to be afraid.
6. Daniel tells the king. The tree is thee O king. You will be driven from men, dwell with the beast, eat grass, until seven periods of time pass, and until you know that the MOST HIGH ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth to whomsoever He will.
7. This all happens to king Nebuchadnezzar, and when it's over, he is fully restored in his kingdom.
8. As I said Nebuchadnezzar wrote this chapter. He ends it like this.

Dan 4:37 Now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and extol and honour the King of heaven, all whose works are truth, and his ways judgment: and those that walk in pride he is able to abase.

9. You must read chapter 4.

Daniel 5.
1. King Belshazzar, (grandson to Nebuchadnezzar), throws a big party. Has the gold and silver vessels which were taken from the holy temple at Jerusalem, brought to him, so he and his friends, can drink wine from them.
2. As they drank and gave praise to their gods, (note the little g), there came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote on the wall. I think this is where we get the phrase, (The handwriting on the wall).
3. None could interpret it, that is except Daniel. He's summoned before the king, and promised if he can interpret the writing, he'll be made great and given riches.
4. Daniel tells the king to keep his riches or give them to another, but he will, interpret the writing. Before he does, Daniel gives this king a real good talking to. Praising his grandfather Nebuchadnezzar, and letting him know that he, (Belshazzar), wasn't much.
5. The poor ole boy, (Belshazzar), don't make it through the night.
Daniel 6.
    Daniel, in a den of lions.
1. A new king, (Darius), now rules. He sets three presidents over the kingdom. Of which, Daniel was number one.
2. The others come up with a plan to have Daniel done away with. They convince the king to sign a decree that if anyone ask a petition, (pray), to any God or man within thirty days, other than the king, that person would be put into a den full of hungry lions.
3. It didn't scare Daniel. He prayed three times a day as usual. He's found out and brought before the king. The king cannot change his decree.
4. The king is very displeased with himself and tries to think of a way to free Daniel, but can't. He has Daniel put into the den, and has a huge stone rolled in front of the door. Seals it with his signet ring, and tells Daniel, " Thy God whom thou servest continually, He will deliver thee."
5. God does deliver Daniel, and the king has those that plotted against him, along with their families, thrown into the den of lions.
6. Then the king makes another decree. Here it is.

Dan 6:26 I make a decree, That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for he is the living God, and stedfast for ever, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed, and his dominion shall be even unto the end.
Dan 6:27 He delivereth and rescueth, and he worketh signs and wonders in heaven and in earth, who hath delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.

7. Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
Daniel 7.
    Daniel's vision of the four beast. (End time prophecy).
1. Daniel records this dream in writing. The four beast are, a lion, a bear, a leopard, and the fourth was different from all those before, and had great iron teeth and ten horns.
2. Then comes up the little horn, (one of Satan's names).
3. Daniel continued looking until God came and judgment was set.
4. The beast was destroyed and given to the burning flame.
5. Daniel sees the Son of man, (Jesus Christ). His kingdom is to be an everlasting one that shall not be destroyed.
6.
* Verses 13, 14, and 27, pertain to Jesus and His kingdom.
7. An angel reveals to Daniel, the meaning of the dream. He remains troubled, and keeps it in his mind.
Daniel 8.
    Daniel's vision of the ram, he goat, and little horn. (More end time prophecy).
1. In the vision, Daniel sees a ram with two horns, having great power. None can stand before him. He does as he wishes and becomes great.
2. The he goat, with a great horn, fights the ram, and overpowers him.
3. When the he goat becomes great, his horn is broken, and in it's place comes up four others.
4. Out of one of the four horns, comes up the little horn, (one of Satan's names). It goes on to describe his greatness. How he will magnify himself as God, cast the truth to the ground. Very much end time prophecy.
5. The angel Gabriel, explains the vision to Daniel. Tells him that it's for the end time. At the time appointed, the end shall be.
6.
* At the end, a king of fierce countenance will stand. Understanding dark sentences. He shall destroy wonderfully, prosper, and destroy the mighty and holy people. He will come up against the Prince of princes, (Jesus), and there meet his doom.
7. Even after Gabriel explains it, Daniel remains stunned and amazed by the vision, and none understood it.
Daniel 9.
    Daniel prays for his people. End time prophecy.
1. Daniel understood by books the seventy years, (seventy weeks), spoken of by Jeremiah the prophet.
2. Daniel prays for God to turn away His anger from Jerusalem, the city called by God's name, and to do it for God's sake and not theirs.
3. While Daniel was still praying, the angel Gabriel, came to give him understanding about the seventy weeks.
4. Using the seventy weeks, one can determine the birth, crucifixion, and the approximate second coming of Christ. There's an explanation of this in the Companion Bible by E.W. Bullinger.
5. Jesus referred to verse 27 of this chapter.
6.
* Jesus is referred to in verses 24, 25, and 26.
Daniel 10.
    Another of Daniel's visions.
1. A thing was revealed to Daniel and he fasted for twenty one days, praying about the matter.
2. While Daniel and some others with him were by the river Hiddekel, he saw a certain man. His body like a fine gem. His face as lightning, eyes as fire, arms and feet like polished brass, with a thunderous voice as a multitude. Those with Daniel couldn't see it, but were frightened so much, they fled and hid themselves.
3. Daniel was so affected that his strength left him. Then one, (I assume Gabriel), talked with and strengthened him, saying, "Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst set thine heart to understand, and to chasten thyself before thy God, thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words. But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but, lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia. Now I am come to make thee understand what shall befall thy people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days."
4. This chapter has much detail of how one is affected by being in the presence of the supernatural.
Daniel 11.
1. This chapter describes the vision seen by Daniel in chapter 10.
2. It describes a war between the king of the south and the king of the north.
3. It then goes on to describe a vile person, who shall come in peaceably and take the kingdom by flatteries. A real smooth talker and deceitful. It repeats that he will deceive by flatteries.
4. Those that have understanding of what's going on, will instruct many at that time. Some will fall far his charm, but will be given a little help from God. Still, the flattery goes on.
5. The end is not quite yet. It shall continue until he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
Daniel 12.
    The End.
1. Still part of the vision. The angel talking. "At that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased."
2. There were two angels there. One ask the other, "How long shall it be to the end of these wonders?"
3. The other answered, "It shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished."
4. Daniel heard, but didn't understand. He ask, "O my Lord, What shall be the end of these things?"
5. The angel answered, "Go thy way, Daniel, for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. None of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand."

Hosea

The book of Hosea, was written by Hosea, who lived in eighth century B.C. This book heads the list of the Minor Prophets, once known as the Book of the Twelve.  The reason being, their content was brief enough to allowed all twelve to be written on the same scroll, (one book). Hosea means, salvation. It has 14 chapters, 197 verses, and contains 5,175 words.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Hosea 1.
1. Because of Israel's departing from God, and as He says, commits whoredoms. He instructs Hosea to marry a whore.
2. The children born of this union, God names them. The names are symbolic of God's feelings of his children forsaking him, and prophetic of what is to become of them. A son named Jezreel, (God will sow). A daughter named Loruhamah, (not pitied), and another son, Loammi. (not my people). To me, the meaning would be, God is going to sow, (or scatter), his children, have no pity, and they will not be His people.
3. This chapter ends with God stating that He will gather them both, Israel and Judah, and they shall be one, and shall be called, Sons of the Living God.
Hosea 2.
1. Israel is called on, to return to God, and put away her adulterous ways, (going after other gods).
2. When she comes to her senses, she will return to her first husband, (God), for it was better then than now. The grass isn't greener on the other side.
3. In that day, is mentioned three times. It's end time prophecy.
4. She will call God, Husband, and not, my master.
5. God will take away all war from the earth and all will be safe.
6. God will marry her forever. (He's currently divorced. See Jeremiah 3:8).
7. I will say to them which were not my people, Thou art my people; and they shall say, Thou art my God.
Hosea 3.
1. Again Hosea is instructed to take another woman, an adulteress. This is to symbolize Israel being without a king for a long time.
2.
* Verse 5, is end time prophecy. The latter days, and refers to Jesus Christ.
Hosea 4.
1. God has a controversy with Israel.
2. God said, "My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge: because thou hast rejected knowledge, I will also reject thee."
3. Descriptions of some of their pagan worship.
4. Israel is like a backsliding heifer.
5. They shall be ashamed, for their wrong doing.
Hosea 5.
1. Israel will not withdraw from her evil doings, nor consider returning to God.
2. The pride of Israel.
3. They will seek God, but not find Him. He has withdrawn Himself from them.
4. They have dealt treacherously against the LORD.
5. God said, "I will pour out my wrath upon them like water, and I will go and return to my place, till they acknowledge their offence, and seek my face. In their affliction they will seek me early."
Hosea 6.
1. Israel pretends to return to God.
2. God compares their repentance to an early morning cloud, and the dew, that goes away.
3. In Verse 6, God tells them what it is, that He wants. It applies to us today, as well.

Hosea 6:6 For I desired mercy, (loving kindness), and not sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.

4. * Verse 2, I believe, is prophetic to the resurrection of Christ.
Hosea 7.
1. More descriptions of how Israel has rebelled against God.
2. Ephraim is a cake not turned. I guess this is where we get the old saying, (half baked).
3. When Israel called out, (wailed), from their beds, it wasn't for God.
Hosea 8.
1. The calf of Samaria.
2. Sow the wind, and reap the whirlwind.
3. Some descriptions of the wind, (evil), sown by Israel.
4. Israel has forgotten his maker.
5. God will send fire upon the cities of Judah.
Hosea 9.
1. God tells Israel not to rejoice as others do. Why? For they have gone whoring.
2. Ephraim, (Israel), shall go captive in Assyria.
3. Pay back time has come. The prophet is a fool and the spiritual man is insane.
4. They have corrupted themselves as Gibeah. (Homosexuality).
5. God describes how He felt about Israel, when He first found her. Now, she's turned to other gods.
6. God will cast them away, because they did not hearken unto him: and they shall be wanderers among the nations.
Hosea 10.
1. God will break down their altars and idols used in pagan worship.
2. For their pagan worship, Israel shall be in fear, and shame.
3. They shall say to the mountains, fall on us and cover us. I believe this is yet future.
4. It's time to seek the Lord.
5. Because they trusted in themselves, they have plowed wickedness and reaped iniquity.
Hosea 11.
1.
* When Israel was a child, then I loved him, and called my son out of Egypt. This refers to Jesus.
2. Because Israel refused to return to God, the Assyrian shall be their king.
3. God said, "my people are bent to backsliding from me."
4. It breaks God's heart to send Israel into captivity. He vows not to destroy them.
Hosea 12.
1. The LORD hath also a controversy with Judah, and will punish Jacob according to his ways.
2. Mentions Jacob and Esau wrestling in their mother's womb, and Jacob wrestling with God.
3. Ephraim is told to turn to God and wait for Him continually.
4. God states that He uses symbolism.
Hosea 13.
1. Ephraim, (Israel), sins more and more.
2. Those that worship idols say, "Let the men that sacrifice, kiss the calves."
3. God reminds them, thou shalt have no other gods before Me.
4. God tells Israel that they have destroyed themselves.
5. Ephraim is an unwise son.
6. Samaria, (the capital of Israel), shall become desolate, for she hath rebelled against God.
Hosea 14.
1. God ask Israel to repent, even instructs them on what to say. Tells them what He wants to hear. He then tells them the rewards for doing so.
2. God compares Himself to a green fir tree.
3. The ways of the Lord is right. The just shall walk in them, but, the transgressors shall fall.

Joel

Joel has 3 chapters, 73 verses, and contains 2,034 words. Joel means, Jehovah is his God. The time of the prophet Joel, is approximately 796 - 835 B.C. The Day of the Lord is mentioned five times. Great end time prophecy.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Joel 1.
1. Joel starts off by describing an event that is future even yet today. A mighty army coming, that he compares to locust, which I believe is talked about in Revelation 9 also. He states, this has never been before and for the people to warn their children, and pass it on, generation to generation.
2. It is The Day of the Lord, and it comes as a destruction from the Almighty.
Joel 2.
1. Joel warns, The Day of the Lord is nigh at hand. A day of darkness and gloominess.
2. He goes on to describe this army that's coming. A great and strong people, like has never been. A strong people set in battle array, and nothing shall escape them. They are mighty men. Men of war.
3. The earth shall quake before them. The heavens shall tremble, the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars shall withdraw their shining.
4. God said, through Joel, "Turn ye even to me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weeping, and with mourning"
5. God is gracious, merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness.
6. God promises to destroy that great northern army, and states, "Fear not, O land; be glad and rejoice: for the LORD will do great things."
7. God will restore what the locust, (that great army), has eaten, and they shall be satisfied, and never be ashamed.
8. God will be in the midst of Israel.
9. After this army appears, God will pour out his spirit upon all flesh. Sons and daughters shall prophecy. Old men shall dream dreams and young men shall see visions. This is referred to in Acts, chapter two.
10. God will show wonders in the heavens, and in the earth.
11. Again the mention of, The Day of the Lord.
12. At that time, all who call upon God, shall be delivered.
Joel 3.
1. A day to repay those nations that have been against Israel and Judah.
2. God will bring them down to the valley of Jehoshaphat, the valley of decision. Multitudes and multitudes, for The Day of the Lord is near, in the valley of decision.
3. The Lord shall roar out of Zion, His voice out of Jerusalem. The heavens and the earth shall shake.
4. Both Judah and Israel shall dwell, for ever and ever.
5. The Lord dwells in Zion.
6.
* Verses 16, 17, and 21, I believe refer to Jesus Christ.

Amos

Amos has 9 chapters, 146 verses, and contains 4,217 words. The era is approximately 760 B.C. in the reigns of Uzziah, king of Judah and Jeroboam, the son of Joash, king of Israel. Two years before the great earthquake. Amos means, burdensome.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Amos 1.
1. God's words through Amos the prophet, a herdman of Tekoa.
2. The LORD will roar from Zion, and utter his voice from Jerusalem. When will Jesus be in Zion? At His second advent.
3. God pronounces judgment on the following locations. Damascus, Gaza, Tyrus, Edom, and Ammon.
Amos 2.
    God pronounces judgment on the following locations, continued.
1. On Moab, Judah, and Israel.
2. Some believe the judgment of Moab is prophetic to the year 1917. The Bolshevik, (Communist), Revolution. When the last king of Russia, (Edom), and his family were murdered and their bodies put into a substance like lime.
3. It's easy to see who God is most put out with. He really lets Israel have it. About five times more to say about them, than any of the others.
Amos 3.
1. God said, "O children of Israel, you only have I known of all the families of the earth: therefore I will punish you for all your iniquities." God spanks His own children.
2. God, through Amos, ask seven good questions.
3. God will do nothing, until He reveals it first, through His prophets.
4. God said, "I will smite the winter house with the summer house; and the houses of ivory shall perish, and the great houses shall have an end."
Amos 4.
1. Even though God has punished Israel severely, in several ways, they still will not repent. So God says, "O Israel, prepare to meet thy God. He that formeth the mountains, and createth the wind, and declareth unto man what is his thought, that maketh the morning darkness, and treadeth upon the high places of the earth, The LORD, The God of hosts, is his name."
Amos 5.
    Future as well as history.
1. God said, "Seek ye me and live, but don't seek me in Bethel, (the house of God). Bethel, (the house of God), shall come to nothing.
2. Some turn judgment, (a verdict, especially a sentence or formal decree), to wormwood, (or poison), and leave off righteousness in the earth.
3. Seek Him Who made the seven stars and Orion. The Lord is His name.
4. Talk of Israel's many transgressions and mighty sins.
5. God wants them, and us, to hate evil and love good.
6. Woe unto you that desire The Day of the LORD! (The return of Jesus).
7. For some, The Day of the Lord, shall be darkness and not light.
8. God don't even want to hear their singing.
9. God will have them go into captivity.
Amos 6.
1. This chapter describes how good Israel has it. They have the best of everything. All that money can buy. They think that all they have, and the power they possess, is their own doing. Lots of bragging.
2. God thinks otherwise. He's going to bring a great nation against them.
Amos 7.
1. Grasshoppers, (locust), fire, and a plumbline.
2. After Amos reveals to Israel, one of the prophecies from God, Amaziah, (a priest of Bethel), told king Jeroboam. The king tells Amos to prophecy no more.
3. Amos really gives the king a mouth full. Direct from God.
Amos 8.
1. Judgment is coming for those who use false balances, (sell a little for a lot), are deceitful, use people, and sell the waste of the wheat.
2. God will never forget it.
3. God will send a famine, not for food or drink, but for the hearing of the word of God. (End time prophecy).
Amos 9.
1. There is no escaping from God. He can reach into heaven, hell, and the bottom of the sea.
2. The eyes of GOD are upon the sinful kingdom, and He will destroy it from off the face of the earth.
3. God will sift the house of Israel among all nations, like as corn is sifted in a sieve, yet shall not the least grain fall upon the earth.
4.
* Verse 11 refers to Jesus Christ. This and other verses are end time prophecy.

Obadiah

Obadiah has 1 chapter, 21 verses, and contains 670 words. The shortest book in the Old Testament. The author is probably Obadiah himself. Serving God, is the meaning of Obadiah.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Obadiah 1.
   The vision of Obadiah concerning Edom. This is end time prophecy.
1. Edom, (Esau), is greatly despised.
2. Edom, (Esau), thinks he can fly like the eagle, but God will bring him down.
3. A thief will steal till he has enough. But not Edom, (Esau), he'll take the shirt right off your back. Communism?
4. God will destroy all wisdom out of Edom, (Esau).
5. For violence against his brother Jacob, he shall be cut off for ever.
6. Descriptions of some of the ways he has treated his brother.
7. Some believe this is prophetic about Russia, and that the Berlin wall is what is discussed in verse 14.
8. The Day of the Lord is near.
9. Edom shall be as though they had never been.
10. The final destruction of Edom, (Esau), (Russia?), and by whom, is described.
11. Deliverance is in Mount Zion and the kingdom shall be the Lord's. Israel prevails.

Jonah

Jonah has 4 chapters, 48 verses, and contains 1,321 words. Jonah lived during the reign of Jeroboam II, 793-753 B.C. Jesus referred to Jonah, so that in itself, should make it interesting enough to read.

Mat 12:39 But he answered and said unto them, An evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the prophet Jonas:
Mat 12:40 For as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale's belly; so shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.
Mat 12:41 The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Jonah 1.
1. God commands Jonah to go to Nineveh, (an enemy city), and preach to the people.
2. Jonah doesn't want to do that, so he gets on a boat and flees toward Tarshish, to get away from God.
3. While he sleeps, a great storm comes up, threatening to destroy the boat and all aboard.
4. Jonah tells the others what he's done, and for them to throw him overboard. Not wanting to do that, they try to get the boat to shore, but can't. They finally cast Jonah into the sea. Immediately, the storm stops.
5. The men both fear and revere God, and offer sacrifices to Him.
6. A great fish prepared of God, swallowed Jonah, and he was in the belly of the fish three days.
Jonah 2.
1. What does Jonah do while in the fish? He prays to God.
2. Some of what Jonah said about it. "Out of the belly of hell, I cried. I went down to the bottoms of the mountains. The earth with her bars was about me for ever. I remembered the Lord. They that observe lying vanities forsake their own mercy. But I will sacrifice unto Thee with the voice of thanksgiving. I will pay that that I have vowed. Salvation is of the LORD."
3. God spoke unto the fish, and it vomited out Jonah upon the dry land.
Jonah 3.
1. Again, God tells Jonah to get himself to Nineveh, and preach to those people. Well, a three days journey took Ole Jonah, one day. Three days in the belly of that fish, must've made quite an impression.
2. The message he preached? Forty days and Nineveh shall be overthrown.
3. The people of Nineveh repented of their evil ways, and God changed his mind, and didn't destroy them.
Jonah 4.
1. When Nineveh repents, Jonah is very displeased and angry, saying, I know that You are a gracious God, slow to anger, of great kindness, and that you would have mercy on them, if they repented. It'll be better for me, if I should die. Remember, this city is the enemy.
2. God ask Jonah. "Doest thou well to be angry?"
3. Jonah goes outside of town and sits down, looking upon the city, waiting to see exactly what's going to happen.
4. God grows up a gourd to shade Jonah, then takes it away.
5. Jonah wishes to die, saying, "It is better for me to die than to live.
6. And God said to Jonah, "Doest thou well to be angry for the gourd?" And Jonah answered, "I do well to be angry, even unto death."
7. God answered and said, "Should not I spare Nineveh, that great city, wherein are more than 120,000 persons that cannot discern between their right hand and their left hand; and also much cattle?"
8. This is an early indication of salvation being made available to the Gentiles.

Micah

Micah has 7 chapters, 105 verses, and contains 3,153 words, and is the author of the book. He was active during the reign of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The meaning of the word Micah is, "Who is like God?"

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Micah 1.
1. The word of God through Micah, concerning Samaria, (the capital of Israel), and Jerusalem, (the capital of Judah). God is witness against them.
2. The pagan practices of Israel has spread to Judah, and for their transgressions, Israel has, and Judah shall, go into captivity.
Micah 2.
1. Woe to those that lie awake at night, trying to figure out how to get what others have.
2. Good descriptions of how the system worked at that time, and is prophetic to how it works even to this day. They'll take the shirt right off your back.
3. A promise from God to all of the house of Jacob, "I will surely assemble, O Jacob, all of thee; I will surely gather the remnant of Israel.
Micah 3.
    Warnings to the leaders of Israel.
1. Israel's leaders hate the good and love the evil. It describes them as eating the flesh right off the people's bones.
2. Those people will call upon God, but, He will hide His face and not listen to them for a while, because of their ill doings.
3. The prophets that cause God's people to err, shall be ashamed and confounded. The judges take a bribe and the priest teach for money, as do the prophets.
4. If we ever wondered what it is that priest are supposed to do, here we get the answer. They teach.
Micah 4.
    End time prophecies.
1. In the last days, the mountain of the house of the Lord shall be exalted above all others.
2. Nations throughout the whole world will come to the mountain of the Lord to receive the law and the Word, for it comes from Zion.
3. In that day, the Lord shall reign over them in Mount Zion.
4. God's people shall go into Babylon, but, He shall redeem them.
5. Verse 13 indicates that God's people are going to defeat it's enemies at that time.
6.
* Verses 2, 3, and 7, refer to Jesus Christ.
Micah 5.
   More end time prophecies.
1.
* Verse 2 is prophetic about Jesus coming out of Bethlehem.
2. The remnant of Jacob shall be as a dew from God, showers upon the grass, and as a lion among the beast of the forest, to the Gentiles.
3. In that day, God will execute vengeance in anger and fury upon the heathen, such as they have not heard.
Micah 6.
1. God ask Israel, "O my people, what have I done unto thee? and wherein have I wearied thee? Will the LORD be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil?"
2. God tells us what His requirements are.
3. For Israel's sins, they shall eat but not be satisfied, sow but not reap, grow the grapes but not drink the wine.
Micah 7.
1. The leaders and judges ask for a bribe. Great men speak what they desire and others wrap it up. The best of them is as a brier.
2. Put no trust in a friend, not even your spouse.
3. The son dishonoreth his father and the daughter shall rise up against her mother. One's enemies shall be in his own house.
4. Who is like God? He that pardons sin, doesn't stay angry, and delights in mercy.

Nahum

Nahum has 3 chapters, 47 verses, and contains 1,285 words. The time of the writing is not known, but I assume it to be between the destruction of No and of Nineveh. Although it prophecies of the destruction of Nineveh, I think is has end time prophecies as well. The word Nahum means, comfortable.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Nahum 1.
1. The burden of Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum the Elkoshite.
2. God is jealous, full of revenge, and is furious. He will take vengeance on His adversaries, and reserves wrath for His enemies.
3. It goes on to describe some attributes of God.
4. A wicked counselor comes out of Nineveh. You don't have to imagine who that is. He's the opposite of the Wonderful Counselor, (Jesus Christ). See Isaiah 9:6.
5. God, through Nahum said, "O Judah, keep thy solemn feasts, perform thy vows: for the wicked shall no more pass through thee; he is utterly cut off." I believe this to be end time prophecy.
Nahum 2.
1. This chapter describes the army that's coming against Nineveh, and some of what shall happen to her.
Nahum 3.
    Woe to the bloody city.
1. More graphic descriptions of what's going to happen in Nineveh, when the enemy comes.
2. Why is this happening? Because of the multitude of the whoredoms of the well-favored harlot, the mistress of witchcrafts, that selleth nations through her whoredoms, and families through her witchcrafts.
3. God, through Nahum, asked, Are you, Nineveh, better than No? That much populated city? She went into captivity and so shall you.
4. They are told to prepare themselves, for the enemy is coming.
5. There is no healing to the bruise of the Assyrian, (one of Satan's names).
6. Those that hear of your fate will clap their hands, for your wickedness was on them continually.

Habakkuk

Habakkuk has 3 chapters, 56 verses, and contains 1,476 words. In chapter two verse three, God plainly states that this is end time prophecy. The word Habakkuk means, embrace.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Chapter 1.
    The burden which Habakkuk the prophet did see.
1. Habakkuk ask God, Why do you show me this iniquity and cause me to look upon the grievance?
2. The things Habakkuk saw were, destruction, violence, those that cause strife and contention, the law is slacked, judgment never goes forth, the wicked surround the righteous, and wrong judgment comes forth. Sounds like today.
3. God through Habakkuk said, "I will work a work in your days, which ye will not believe, though it be told you."
4. To judge and correct His people, God states that He will bring the Chaldeans against His people.
5. It describes the Chaldeans which are coming, but then the description switches to a singular entity.
6. God can't look upon iniquity, (wickedness), with pleasure or respect.
Chapter 2.
1. Habakkuk waits for God to answer his question, but not for long. God tells him to write the vision and to make it very plain, so those that read it will run, (or make haste).
2. The vision is for an appointed time. The end time. Though it appears not to be coming, just keep waiting, for it certainly will.
3. The just shall live by his faith.
4. God describes some of the actions of the unrighteous, and pronounces woes unto them.
A. Woe to him that increaseth that which is not his!
B. Woe to him that coveteth an evil covetousness, (unjust gain), to his house.
C. Woe to him that buildeth a town with blood, and stablisheth a city by iniquity!
D. Woe unto him that giveth his neighbour drink, that puttest thy bottle to him, and makest him drunken also, that thou mayest look on their nakedness!
E. Woe unto him that saith to the wood, Awake; to the dumb stone, Arise, it shall teach!
5. The earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the LORD, as the waters cover the sea. This has to be yet future.
Chapter 3.
1. A prayer of Habakkuk the prophet upon Shigionoth.
2. The entire chapter is a psalm. This prayer, or psalm, gives great praise , honor, and glory to God. Well worth reading.

Zephaniah

Zephaniah was active during the reign of Josiah, king of Judah, and is author to the book. It has 3 chapters, 53 verses, and contains 1,617 words. Very good end time prophecy. The word Zephaniah means, God has secreted.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Zephaniah 1.
    The word of the LORD which came unto Zephaniah.
1. God shall completely destroy all things from the land.
2. God, through Zephaniah, said, "Hold thy peace at the presence of the Lord GOD: for The Day of the LORD is at hand."
3. Some descriptions of what's going to happen, in that day, and at that time.
4. The Great Day of the LORD is near, it is near.
5. That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick darkness, and a day of the trumpet.
6. Blood shall be poured out as dust, and their flesh as the dung.
7. Neither silver nor gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of the LORD'S wrath.
8. God shall make a speedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land.
Zephaniah 2.
1. More descriptions of God's divine judgment of the world.
Zephaniah 3.
    More end time prophecy.
1. God said, "I have cut off the nations, their cities are destroyed, and there is no man."
2. Wait ye upon me, saith the LORD, until the day that I rise up to the prey: for my determination is to gather the nations, that I may assemble the kingdoms, to pour upon them mine indignation, even all my fierce anger: for all the earth shall be devoured with the fire of my jealousy.
3. It goes on to describe, Israel overcoming, and God will joy over them with singing. God singing? Hey, read it for yourself.

Haggai

Haggai was a prophet among the captives in Babylon, who returned to Jerusalem, and is the author of the book. It has 2 chapters, 38 verses, and contains 1,131 words. Haggai means, festive.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Haggai 1.
1. Some of the people have returned to Jerusalem from Babylon, and God, through Haggai, tells the people of Judah, you have your fine homes, but what about my house?
2. God tells them to consider their ways. Two times for emphasis.
3. God said, Go to the mountain, get some wood, build my house, and I will have pleasure in it.
4. Not building God's house, is the reason why things haven't been going well with them.
5. Their spirits are stirred up and they begin to build God's house.
Haggai 2.
1. God tells those that can remember, to compare this new house to king Solomon's temple. In no way can it compare, but, God likes it just fine.
2. God said, "It is a little while, and I will shake the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land."
3.
* God said, "I will shake all nations, and the Desire of all nations shall come: and I will fill this house with glory, saith the LORD of hosts." Prophetic about Jesus.
4. The silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith the LORD of hosts.
5. God reminds the people of their unfaithfulness and for them to consider it, for it's the reason why they suffered.
6. If they will be faithful, from the day the foundation of the Lord's temple was laid, and forward, God will bless them.
7. God tells Haggai to speak to Zerubbabel saying, "I will overthrow the throne of kingdoms, and I will destroy the strength of the kingdoms of the heathen. In that day, saith the LORD of hosts, will I take thee, O Zerubbabel, my servant, the son of Shealtiel, saith the LORD, and will make thee as a signet: for I have chosen thee, saith the LORD of hosts.

Zechariah

Zechariah is not only the name of the book but also the author. It has 14 chapters, 211 verses, and contains 6,444 words. The time frame is around 520 B.C. Zechariah means, God has remembered. This book contains fantastic end time prophecy. All people, especially Christians, should study this book very closely.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Zechariah 1.
1. The word of God, through Zechariah, tells Israel, "Be not as your fathers. Turn ye unto me and I will turn unto you."
2. Zechariah has a vision of riders on horses. An angel explains that God had sent them to walk to and fro through the earth. Checking out the situation?
3. God is jealous for Jerusalem and Zion. He had their enemy to afflict His children, but they went to far.
4. God will return them to Jerusalem and His temple shall be rebuilt.
5.
* Verse 16, I believe makes reference to the second advent of Jesus.
6. God states that through prosperity, His cities shall be scattered abroad, but He shall comfort Zion and choose Jerusalem.
7. Zechariah has a vision of four horns, (or powers). They have scattered Judah, Israel, and Jerusalem.
8. He also saw four carpenters. They come to repair the situation. To give a good thrashing to the four horns, (or powers), of the Gentiles.
Zechariah 2.
    End time prophecy.
1. Zechariah sees in a vision, a man with a measuring line to measure the length and breadth of Jerusalem, for the multitudes of peoples.
2. God shall be a protecting wall of fire around Jerusalem.
3. The people that had been spread abroad, God tells to return.
4. To harm one of God's children, is like poking a finger into God's eye.
5. God is coming to Zion, and shall dwell in the midst of His people.
6. Many nations shall be joined to the Lord in That Day.
7. Be silent, all flesh, before the Lord. Flesh must be gone at this time.
Zechariah 3.
1. Zechariah is shown, Joshua, the high priest, standing in filthy rags before the angel of the LORD, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. He is given clean garments and is warned to obey the ways of God.
2.
* God said, "Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they are men wondered at: for, behold, I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH." (Jesus Christ).
3. In one day, God will remove the iniquity of the land, and in That Day, we will call every man our neighbor.
Zechariah 4.
    Symbolism.
1. An angel shows Zechariah a candlestick of gold, with a bowl on the top, having seven lamps. Seven pipes, one going to each of the lamps. There are two olive trees, one on the right, and one on the left, of the golden candlestick.
2. When asked the meaning, the angel replied to Zechariah, "They are the eyes of the LORD, which run to and fro through the whole earth, and the two olives trees are the two anointed ones that stand by the Lord of the whole earth."
Zechariah 5.
    More symbolism.
1. Zechariah sees what we would call today, a flying billboard. About 10 x 30 feet. He's told, it's a curse that covers the entire earth.
2. He then sees an ephah, (a huge container), a piece of lead being lifted up, and another large cover made of lead. Upon asking about it, the angel put the piece of lead into the basket, saying, this is a woman sitting in the ephah, she is wickedness. The angel then put the cover of lead over the mouth of the ephah.
3. It is taken to the land of Shinar, (a plain in Babylon), to be established there.
Zechariah 6.
1. Zechariah is shown four chariots. Each one has multiple horses, I assume two. They are the four spirits, (winds), which go forth from standing before God. Two go north, one goes south, and the other one goes to and fro through the earth. I guess to monitor the situation.
2. Then cried he upon me, and spake unto me, saying, Behold, these that go toward the north country have quieted, (or settled), my spirit in the north country.
3.
* The priest Joshua, is made a symbol of the high priest that is to come, (Jesus Christ). Verses 12 and 13.
Zechariah 7.
1. In the fourth year of Darius, God, through Zechariah, tells the people, their fasting is false.
2. He wants them to execute true judgment, show mercy and compassion, oppress not the widow, the fatherless, the stranger, and the poor. These are the things their forefathers failed to do, and some of the reasons they went into captivity.
Zechariah 8.
    The future restoration of Jerusalem promised.
1. God said, "I am returned unto Zion, and will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem: and Jerusalem shall be called a city of truth."
2. From the east and the west, God will save His people.
3. God said, "They shall dwell in the midst of Jerusalem: and they shall be my people, and I will be their God."
4. God said, " O house of Judah, and house of Israel, I will save you. Fear not. Let your hands be strong."
5. God tells us in verses 16 and 17, the things we shall do.

Zec 8:16 These are the things that ye shall do; Speak ye every man the truth to his neighbour; execute the judgment of truth and peace in your gates:
Zec 8:17 And let none of you imagine evil in your hearts against his neighbour; and love no false oath: for all these are things that I hate, saith the LORD.

6. Many people and strong nations, shall travel to Jerusalem, seeking the Lord, and to pray before Him.

Zechariah 9.
1. Verse 1, sets the time frame of this chapter. The very end of this age. At the return of Christ. When the eyes of man, of all the tribes of Israel, shall be toward the LORD.
2. The destruction of all the nations. Those that remain shall be for God.
3. God will encamp around His house, (temple).
4.
* Verse 9 is prophetic about the first coming of Jesus.
5.
* Verse 10 is prophetic about the second coming of Jesus.
6. Judah will be God's bow, and Ephraim, His arrows. God shall be seen over them and His arrow, (Ephraim), shall go forth as lightning. God himself shall blow the trumpet. In That Day, God shall save His people.
Zechariah 10.
    God redeems His children.
1. The house of Judah shall be as mighty men, in battle. They shall fight, because the Lord is with them.
2. God will have mercy on His children, and it shall be as though He had not cast them off.
3. Ephraim also shall be as mighty men.
4. God shall gather and redeem them from the far countries, where He scattered them.
5. The pride of Assyria shall be brought down. The Assyrian is one of Satan's names.
Zechariah 11.
1. Feed the slaughter.
2. The two staves, (sticks). One called Beauty, the other Bands. Representing the breaking of the brotherhood. The dividing of the kingdom of Israel, into Israel and Judah.
3. * Verses 12 and 13, is about the price Judas received for betraying Jesus, and his throwing the money down in the temple.
4. Woe to the idol shepherd that leaveth the flock!
Zechariah 12.
    In That day. The future deliverance of Jerusalem. Great end time prophecy.
1. The words, (In That Day), is mentioned five times. Referring to the day God delivers Jerusalem.
2. Jerusalem shall be a cup of trembling, (great fear), to those taking part in the siege of her, and all of Judah, at the end time.
3. All those that come against Jerusalem shall be cut to pieces.
4. In That Day, God will make the governors, (a friend), of Judah to be as fire on a hearth burning wood, and as a torch burning a sheaf, (a little dried up bunch of grain).
5. Who is a friend to Judah, (the little nation we call Israel today)? The Good Ole U.S.A.
6. Judah shall be saved first.
7. God said, "It shall come to pass, In That Day, I will seek to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem."
8.
* Verse 10 contains that famous part of scripture, "They shall look upon me whom they have pierced."
9. In That Day, shall there be a great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon.
Zechariah 13.
    More end time prophecy.
1.
* Verse 1 refers to Jesus Christ. In That Day, a fountain open in the house of David.
2. In That Day, God shall do away with all pagan worship, false prophets, and unclean spirits.
3. In That Day, those prophets that taught their own vision, will be so ashamed, they will deny, they ever were one.
4.
* Verse 6 pertains to Jesus Christ. The wounds in His hands.
5.
* Verse 7 pertains to Jesus Christ. The smiting of the Shepherd and the scattering of the sheep.
6. To me, verses 8 an 9 gives indication of just how many of the souls God created, are going to overcome. What do you think?

Zec 13:8 And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the LORD, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein.
Zec 13:9 And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The LORD is my God.

Zechariah 14.
    The Day of the LORD.
1. God said, "I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle.
2. Then shall the LORD go forth, and fight against those nations.
3.
* His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives.
4. In That Day, the light shall not be clear, nor dark. But it shall be one day which shall be known to the LORD, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time, it shall be light.
5. In That Day, living waters shall go out from Jerusalem.
6. The LORD shall be king over all the earth.
7. In That Day, shall there be one LORD, and his name one.
8. It goes on to give very graphic descriptions of the end of all flesh. Not for those with weak stomachs.
9. After all flesh is gone and we're in the one thousand year reign of Christ, it describes how some will travel to Jerusalem to worship the King of the whole earth, (Jesus). It also describes some that don't.
10.
* Verses 9, 16, and 17, I believe make direct reference to Jesus Christ.

Malachi

Malachi is the last book on the Hebrew scroll of the Minor prophets. It has 4 chapters, 55 verses, and contains 1,782 words. The word Malachi means, messenger of God.

Always Remember this verse.
1 Cor 10:11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.

Malachi 1.
    The word of God, through Malachi.
1. God said, I loved Jacob and hated Esau. This was before they were even born. See Romans 9:11-13.
2. Edom, (another name for Esau), shall be called the border of wickedness. The people whom God hath indignation for ever.
3. God rebukes the priest. The things they offer as a sacrifice are poor quality. To the point that God says, Offer it to one of your governors, see if he'll accept it. He also states, I have no pleasure in you, but My name shall be great, among the Gentiles and the heathen.
4. Cursed be the deceiver, who offers a corrupt thing unto God.
Malachi 2.
    More of God rebuking the priest.
1. God issues a commandment for the priest.
2. God will send a curse upon them and their blessing, corrupt their seed, and spread dung upon their faces. (Humiliate them).
3. God praises Levi, (the original priest).
4. The priest have caused many to stumble. They were not fair in administering the law.
5. One God, created us.
6. People pretend to worship God. They cover the altar with tears, weeping, and crying so much, that God don't pay any attention to it.
Malachi 3.
1.
* The Lord, whom you seek, shall suddenly come to His temple. (Jesus).
2. Who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth?
3. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto God.
4. When judgment comes, it will be swift. A list of eight types, He shall be a swift witness against.
5. God said, "Ye have robbed me in tithes and offerings." Where tithes are concerned, God ask us to test him. The rewards are great.
6. For those that fear, (revere), God, and think upon His name, a book of remembrance is written. When God makes up His jewels, (special treasure), He shall spare them. They shall be His.
Malachi 4.
    More end time prophecy.
1. "The day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up," saith the LORD of hosts.
2. The Sun of righteousness.
3. Verse 3 indicates, when That Day comes, some of us shall tread down the wicked and they shall be ashes under the soles of our feet.
4. Before The Great Day of the Lord comes, God will send the prophet Elijah, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the hearts of the children to their fathers.

Thanks, for allowing me, to share this with you. Remember, to always, STUDY to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth. But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase unto more ungodliness.

In His Word,
Art Porter

Top of Page   Home Page  New Testament Bible Chapter Outlines
 

Web design by Art Porter

  - 2006 Art Porter

 

Return to top